{"title":"Soups, Stocks and Broths","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoups, Stocks and Broths\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — canned and carton soups, bone broths, stocks and dry soup mixes. This collection lists \u003cstrong\u003e965 products\u003c\/strong\u003e from \u003cstrong\u003e285 brands\u003c\/strong\u003e, priced $44.86–$365.28 CAD. Every order ships free across Canada with no minimum, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse by type:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/noodle-soups\"\u003eNoodle Soups (216)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/broths\"\u003eBroths \u0026amp; Stocks (211)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vegetable-soups\"\u003eVegetable Soups (164)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chicken\"\u003eChicken Broth \u0026amp; Canned Chicken (187)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beef\"\u003eBeef Broth \u0026amp; Canned Beef (151)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vegetable\"\u003eVegetable Chips \u0026amp; Crisps (379)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrands stocked here:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-campbell-s\"\u003eCampbell's (72)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-amy-s\"\u003eAmy's (34)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-better-than-bouillon\"\u003eBetter Than Bouillon (32)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-nongshim\"\u003eNongshim (24)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-knorr\"\u003eKnorr (20)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-savory-choice\"\u003eSAVORY CHOICE (17)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pantry-staples\"\u003ePantry Staples\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest Sellers\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/new-arrivals\"\u003eNew Arrivals\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eAll categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eAll brands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"hatch-farms-hatch-green-chile-stew-with-pork-pack-of-6-ready-to-heat-smoky-southwest-flavor","title":"Hatch Farms Hatch Green Chile Stew with Pork Pack of 6 — Ready-to-Heat, Smoky Southwest Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHatch Farms Hatch Green Chile Stew with Pork is a ready-to-heat, savory stew that combines roasted New Mexico Hatch green chiles with tender pork in a rich, hearty broth.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-pack of single-serving or family-size cans (depending on choice) brings a southwest-inspired meal to your pantry that’s built for quick lunches, weeknight dinners, or camping staples. The stew centers on authentic Hatch green chiles — prized for their smoky, bright heat — paired with slow-cooked pork and vegetables, offering a balanced, comforting bowl without the need to prep fresh chiles yourself. It’s designed for convenience while preserving the bold, regional profile that fans of green-chile cuisine seek.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s inside each can and how is it prepared?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach can contains a composed stew of roasted Hatch green chiles, shredded or diced pork, vegetables, and a seasoned broth. The ingredients are simmered to meld flavors before canning to lock in texture and taste, making reheating simple and reliable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted Hatch green chiles for smoky, tangy heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTender pork chunks providing hearty protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables like onions and potatoes for texture and balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoned broth that complements rather than overwhelms the chiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I heat and serve this stew for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can reheat the stew on the stovetop, in a microwave, or gently over a camp stove. Warm it until steaming, stir occasionally to maintain texture, and adjust seasoning with salt or lime if needed to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: simmer over medium-low for 5–8 minutes, stirring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: heat in a microwave-safe bowl for 2–3 minutes, stir, then continue in 30-second increments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe suggestions: over rice, with warm tortillas, or topped with cheese and cilantro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow spicy is the Hatch green chile stew and can I control heat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHatch green chiles range from mild to medium-hot, and this stew aims for a balanced, approachable heat that highlights chile flavor rather than intense burn. If you prefer milder or bolder spice, small adjustments will customize the bowl to your liking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor milder: add sour cream or plain yogurt to mellow heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor more heat: stir in chopped fresh chiles, hot sauce, or a pinch of cayenne\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTaste as you go to ensure the seasoning matches your preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does the stew keep and what’s the best way to store leftovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sealed cans are shelf-stable until the printed expiration date, making them useful for long-term pantry storage. Once opened, transfer leftovers to a sealed container and refrigerate; use within 3–4 days for best quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: see can label for best-by date\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate opened stew in airtight container up to 3–4 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze leftovers in a freezer-safe container for up to 2–3 months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Hatch Farms Hatch Green Chile Stew with Pork (Pack of 6) suits anyone who wants quick access to authentic southwestern flavors without the time needed to roast and peel fresh chiles. It’s ideal for busy households, outdoor enthusiasts, meal planners, and cooks seeking ready-made pantry staples to add variety to dinners. If you appreciate smoky Hatch chiles paired with savory pork and crave a simple, satisfying bowl that reheats well, this six-pack keeps flavorful options on hand for multiple meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this stew gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the can label for a gluten statement; formulations can change and packaging lists allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I freeze the stew after opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — transfer to an airtight freezer-safe container and freeze up to 2–3 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Hatch Farms","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001066082387,"sku":"B016AP5ML0","price":135.9,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/hatch-farms-green-chile-stew-front-can.jpg?v=1787160146"},{"product_id":"edward-sons-traditional-instant-miso-soup-cups-with-tofu-1-3-oz-single-serve-pack-of-12-organic-vegan","title":"Edward \u0026 Sons Traditional Instant Miso Soup Cups with Tofu — 1.3 oz Single-Serve Pack of 12, Organic Vegan","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdward \u0026amp; Sons Traditional Instant Miso-Cup with Tofu is a USDA Organic, freeze-dried instant miso soup packet that makes savory vegan miso soup in seconds—just add hot water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis instant miso cup blends aged organic soybeans and rice miso with freeze-dried organic tofu and natural seasonings to recreate a classic miso experience without fish stock. Packaged as single-serve 1.3 oz cups in a 12-pack, the soup is designed for busy schedules, travel, office lunches, and anyone seeking a quick, warm, plant-based option. Certified organic by QAI, Non-GMO Project aligned, gluten-free, and vegan, the product preserves the fresh miso character through freeze-drying rather than traditional pasteurization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quick and simple is preparation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is immediate and ideal for hectic days—hot water is the only thing needed. Cups are single-serve and portable, so you can enjoy warm miso in three easy steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpen the instant miso cup and pour boiling water to the fill line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir gently and wait about 30–60 seconds for rehydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnjoy a ready-to-eat miso soup with tofu, no cooking required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and processing preserve flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base is an aged organic miso made from soybeans and rice, regulated with sea salt during fermentation, then freeze-dried to retain taste and delicate textures. Organic freeze-dried tofu and selected natural seasonings are added to round out the cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAged organic soybeans and organic rice miso for authentic umami.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSea salt used in the traditional maturation process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze-drying protects flavor and the fresh miso character.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic freeze-dried tofu provides bite and plant-based protein texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this miso cup suitable for special diets and dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The miso cups are crafted to meet a range of dietary needs: they are vegan, gluten-free, and free from cholesterol and saturated animal fats. Certification and ingredient sourcing support many common diet choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA Organic and QAI-certified organic ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO Project aligned and free from artificial additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan and vegetarian friendly—no fish stock used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and compatible with many low-sodium or paleo approaches depending on specific needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use the miso cup beyond a quick soup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstant miso with tofu can be a convenient foundation or flavor booster in recipes—use it to enhance stews, dressings, or grains. Its concentrated umami and rehydrated tofu make it versatile in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into cooked rice or noodles for an instant flavored bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for quick vegetarian stews or broths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into vinaigrettes or marinades for savory depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRehydrate and add vegetables for a heartier meal-in-a-cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The Edward \u0026amp; Sons Traditional Instant Miso-Cup with Tofu is ideal for vegans, busy professionals, travelers, students, and anyone seeking a convenient organic soup option that respects sustainable sourcing. If you want an authentic-tasting miso made without animal stock, practical single-serve packaging, and clean ingredient sourcing, this freeze-dried miso cup provides a fast, plant-based solution without complicated preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Freeze-dried Miso (Organic Soybeans, Organic Rice, Koji Culture [Aspergillus Oryzae], Sea Salt), Organic Freeze-dried Tofu (Organic Soybeans, Calcium Sulfate, Nigari [Magnesium Chloride]), Organic Onion Powder, Organic Green Onions, Organic Parsley, Wakame Seaweed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this miso cup contain fish stock?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Edward \u0026amp; Sons miso-cup is made without fish stock and is fully vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I prepare the instant miso cup?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Open the cup, add boiling water to the fill line, stir, and wait 30–60 seconds before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Edward \u0026 Sons","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001067032659,"sku":"B000F4ET9E","price":163.46,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/edward-sons-miso-cup-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160169"},{"product_id":"dinty-moore-beef-stew-canned-dinner-20-oz-pack-of-12-large-beef-chunks-potatoes-carrots-gluten-free","title":"Dinty Moore Beef Stew Canned Dinner 20 oz Pack of 12 — Large Beef Chunks, Potatoes \u0026 Carrots, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDINTY MOORE Beef Stew with Fresh Potatoes \u0026amp; Carrots is a ready-to-serve, shelf-stable canned dinner featuring large beef chunks, tender potatoes, and carrots in savory gravy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eComforting and convenient, this 20-ounce canned beef stew—sold in a pack of 12—combines protein-rich beef with vegetables for an easy meal that requires no refrigeration until opened. Made by DINTY MOORE, a long-standing American brand, the stew arrives fully cooked and seasoned; heat and serve for a quick homestyle dinner or use it as a shortcut ingredient in casseroles and pot pies. It's gluten-free and made without added preservatives, offering a pantry-stable option for busy weeknights, camping trips, or emergency stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main ingredients and nutrition highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stew centers on generous pieces of real beef, peeled potatoes, and sliced carrots suspended in a rich gravy. Each serving supplies about 10 grams of protein and is formulated without gluten or added preservatives, making it a straightforward protein-forward choice for canned meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge beef chunks for a hearty texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFresh-style potatoes and carrots for vegetable content\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRich, savory gravy that doubles as a sauce for rice or noodles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 g protein per serving; gluten-free; no preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare and serve the canned beef stew?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is simple—heat the contents on the stovetop or in the microwave until hot, then serve. The stew is ready to eat straight from the can once warmed and pairs well with bread, biscuits, mashed potatoes, rice, or pasta to stretch the meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: simmer in a saucepan until heated through\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: transfer to microwave-safe dish and heat evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAs a shortcut: pour over biscuits, mix into pot pie, or serve with egg noodles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: shelf-stable until opened; refrigerate leftovers and consume within recommended time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this DINTY MOORE stew over other canned options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product focuses on noticeable, chunky ingredients and a gravy-forward flavor rather than a thin broth, offering a more satisfying bite. The combination of recognizable vegetable pieces and solid meat portions creates a homestyle experience uncommon in thinner canned soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHearty, visible chunks of beef and vegetables for real-meal feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo preservatives and labeled gluten-free for simpler ingredient expectations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable convenience for pantries, travel, or emergency kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 20-oz cans in a 12-pack for family meals or stocking up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this stew beyond a straight bowl meal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canned stew is versatile as both a standalone entrée and as a flavor-boosting ingredient. It works well as a base for casseroles, a pie filling, or mixed with grains and vegetables to create quick, hearty dishes with minimal prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into cooked rice or noodles for a complete one-pot dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as filling for savory pot pies or topped biscuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with extra vegetables for a stretched family meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack in lunch thermoses for warm, convenient meals on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this product fits: DINTY MOORE Beef Stew is aimed at shoppers seeking quick, satisfying meals without complex prep—families, busy professionals, students, campers, and anyone who keeps a stocked pantry for easy dinners or emergency food supplies. The 12-pack format suits households that prefer to buy in bulk or prepare multiple meals from a single, shelf-stable product. If you want a no-fuss, protein-forward canned entree with recognizable ingredients and homestyle flavor, this stew delivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Beef Stock, Beef, Potatoes, Carrots, Contains 2% or less of Beef Fat, Corn Flour, Textured Vegetable Protein (Soy Flour, Caramel Color), Salt, Tomato Paste, Modified Cornstarch, Potato Starch, Mushroom Extract (Mushrooms, Maltodextrin), Caramel Color, Disodium Inosinate and Disodium Guanylate, Sugar, Flavoring. Contains: Soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is DINTY MOORE Beef Stew gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The product is labeled gluten-free and contains no added preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I heat the stew in the microwave?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Transfer to a microwave-safe dish and heat until hot, stirring for even warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Dinty Moore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001070211155,"sku":"B0005ZW3UA","price":166.08,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/dinty-moore-front-of-can.jpg?v=1787160236"},{"product_id":"sea-fare-pacific-smoked-salmon-chowder-9-oz-pack-of-8-wild-alaskan-sockeye-ready-to-heat-gluten-free","title":"Sea Fare Pacific Smoked Salmon Chowder 9 oz (Pack of 8) — Wild Alaskan Sockeye, Ready-to-Heat, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSea Fare Pacific Smoked Salmon Chowder is a ready-to-heat, protein-rich chowder made with wild Alaskan sockeye salmon, vegetables, and a creamy base—packaged in BPA-free pouches for quick meals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis eight-pouch set contains nine-ounce servings of a hearty smoked salmon chowder developed with input from Oregon State University's Sea Grant program and seafood lab in Astoria. Each pouch blends wild-caught red sockeye with potatoes, corn, celery, carrots and onions in a creamy, savory broth. The recipe uses gluten-free and non-GMO ingredients and cooks in about 90 seconds in the microwave, offering a convenient, shelf-stable entree with a two-year unopened shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I prepare a pouch of this chowder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHeat-and-eat convenience is the core benefit: pouches are ready in about a minute and a half in the microwave, or you can warm them more gently on the stovetop or by immersing the sealed pouch in boiling water. The packaging is designed for simple, grab-and-serve use when you need a fast hot meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: approximately 90 seconds per 9 oz pouch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: pour into a small saucepan and heat until warmed through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoil-in-bag: place sealed pouch in simmering water until hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy-open, BPA-free pouch for minimal cleanup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and nutritional attributes are in the chowder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe chowder features wild Alaskan sockeye salmon paired with vegetables like potatoes, corn, celery, carrots and onions in a creamy base. The formulation avoids gluten-containing and genetically modified ingredients and delivers protein and omega-3 fatty acids typical of sockeye salmon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWild-caught Alaskan sockeye salmon—Moderate protein and omega-3s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetable mix: potatoes, corn, celery, carrots, onions for texture and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and non-GMO ingredient list.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach serving provides approximately 7 grams of protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product sustainably sourced and where is it made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe sockeye salmon in this chowder is wild-caught from Alaskan waters and is listed on Monterey Bay Aquarium’s Seafood Watch Super Green List, indicating a favorable sustainability profile. Processing and packaging are completed in Oregon—supporting domestic sourcing and traceability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWild-caught red sockeye from Alaska—fisheries on the Super Green List.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProcessed and packaged in Coos Bay, Oregon, USA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBPA-free pouch material and two-year shelf life when unopened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeveloped with expertise from Oregon State University Sea Grant and seafood lab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I serve or customize the chowder for fuller meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pouch heats quickly on its own but also pairs well with simple add-ins to create heartier meals. Stirring in rice, pasta, or a handful of fresh herbs boosts volume and texture, while crusty bread or a salad makes a balanced plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd cooked rice, orzo, or small pasta for more substance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with chopped parsley, chives, or a squeeze of lemon for freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe alongside a green salad or whole-grain roll for a complete meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well as a quick lunch at work, a camping meal, or a pantry staple for busy nights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Sea Fare Pacific Smoked Salmon Chowder is ideal for busy people who want a fast, shelf-stable meal with real seafood—campers, office workers, students, and home cooks who value sustainable wild-caught fish and simple preparation. It also suits shoppers seeking gluten-free and non-GMO convenience options with documented sourcing and U.S.-based processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHalf and Half (Pasteurized Milk and Cream), Water, Fresh Roma Tomatoes, West Coast Albacore, Oregon Pink Shrimp, Sea Clams, Onions, Green Bell Peppers, Fennel, Tomato Paste (Tomato Paste, Spices, Citric Acid), Red Wine, Roasted Garlic, Gelatin (Beef), Gelatin, Sugar, White Distilled Vinegar, Natural Flavor, Tabasco (Distilled Vinegar, Red Pepper, Salt).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does a pouch last unopened?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Unopened pouches have a two-year shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the chowder microwave-safe in its pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, heat a sealed pouch in the microwave for about 90 seconds or warm on the stove after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Sea Fare Pacific","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001074241619,"sku":"B00J871A6E","price":150.94,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/sea-fare-pacific-smoked-salmon-chowder-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160301"},{"product_id":"hormel-chili-chunky-no-beans-chili-12-pack-11-25-lb-meat-forward-ready-to-serve","title":"Hormel Chili Chunky No Beans Chili, 12-Pack (11.25 lb) — Meat-Forward, Ready-to-Serve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHormel Chili Chunky No Beans is a ready-to-serve, meat-forward chili with no beans—ideal for chili dogs, dips, or a hearty bowl in seconds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12-pack case contains twelve cans (totaling 11.25 pounds) of Hormel's Chunky No Beans chili, formulated with sizable pieces of seasoned meat and a thick sauce. Packaged for food-service use or pantry stocking, it’s built to deliver dependable flavor and quick prep when you need a savory protein-rich option without beans. The recipe avoids artificial ingredients and added preservatives while providing 16 grams of protein per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this product speed up meal prep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the chili is fully cooked and shelf-stable, it heats and serves in minutes—no lengthy simmering required. It’s a practical shortcut for busy kitchens, concession stands, or catering setups that need consistent flavor across multiple servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-serve; simply heat and plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform taste batch after batch for large-scale service\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks hot or warmed for quick assembly lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life means less daily prep pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat recipes and uses work best with Chunky No Beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe meat-centric texture makes it versatile: top hot dogs, spoon onto baked potatoes, mix into dip bases, or use as a foundation for chili mac and skillet meals. Its bold savory profile pairs well with cheeses, onions, and crunchy toppings to create familiar comfort-food dishes with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic chili dogs or sloppy joe-style sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheesy dips and nacho trays for parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayered casserole or chili mac entrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAs a flavor boost for sandwiches, rice bowls, and baked potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition and ingredient highlights should I know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis formulation delivers a notable protein punch—about 16 grams per serving—while avoiding artificial ingredients and added preservatives. If you follow specific dietary limits, check the label for sodium, calories, and allergen details to ensure it fits your meal plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 16 g of protein per serving for hearty portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial ingredients listed on the package\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added preservatives, per product information\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck can label for full nutrition and allergen facts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pack size benefit businesses or bulk shoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12-pack case offers cost and time advantages for restaurants, concession operators, or families who prefer fewer restocks. Bulk packaging reduces ordering frequency and ensures you have a reliable base ingredient for high-volume service or repeated events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase quantity ideal for food-service and high-use settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimplifies inventory and menu planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent product quality across multiple servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact cans are easy to store in pantry or stockroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Hormel Chili Chunky No Beans 12-pack is designed for busy food-service operators, caterers, concession stands, and households that want a dependable, meaty chili without beans. It suits anyone needing a rapid, protein-forward meal base that adapts to casual comfort dishes and crowd-pleasing snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Beef, Water, Tomatoes (Water, Tomato Paste), Green Chile Puree (Contains Citric Acid), Masa Flour (Ground Yellow Corn, Trace of Lime), Textured Vegetable Protein (Soy Flour, Caramel Color), Contains 2% or less of Modified Cornstarch, Chili Seasoning (Spices, Sugar, Salt, Flavoring, Paprika), Flavoring, Salt, Sugar, Dehydrated Tomatoes, Dehydrated Green Bell Pepper, Jalapeño Peppers, Spices, Oleoresin of Paprika, Annatto Color, Acetic Acid. Contains: Soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this chili ready to eat straight from the can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The chili is fully cooked—heat to preferred temperature or enjoy warm as-is following safe food-handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the Chunky No Beans variety contain preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: According to product information, this chili lists no added preservatives and uses no artificial ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Hormel Chili","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001074372691,"sku":"B071L2P8V2","price":141.98,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/hormel-chili-chunky-no-beans-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160310"},{"product_id":"its-delish-deluxe-dried-vegetable-soup-mix-24-oz-jumbo-container-dehydrated-veggies-for-soup-ramen-vegan-kosher-no-msg","title":"It's Delish Deluxe Dried Vegetable Soup Mix, 24 oz Jumbo Container — Dehydrated Veggies for Soup \u0026 Ramen, Vegan Kosher, No MSG","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eIts Delish Deluxe Dried Vegetable Soup Mix is a 24-ounce jumbo container of dehydrated carrots, onions, celery, bell pepper, and tomato designed to add instant flavor and texture to soups, ramen, sauces and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA and certified Kosher, this heavyweight value pack supplies pantry-ready vegetables that rehydrate quickly and preserve bold taste without artificial additives. The mix is non-GMO, gluten-free and contains no MSG or added salt, making it convenient for cooks who want natural flavor boosters on hand. Its reusable 1.5 lb container keeps the blend organized for weeks of meal prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this dried vegetable mix in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dried vegetables are ready to toss straight into simmering liquids or sprinkle over finished dishes. They rehydrate when added to soups, stews, sauces and broths, releasing concentrated vegetable flavor and texture. For quick bowls like ramen or instant noodles, just add warm liquid and let sit a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 1–2 tablespoons per serving to soup or stock; simmer 5–10 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into rice or grain dishes during the last 5 minutes of cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on ramen, omelettes or baked potatoes for instant garnish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into dips or meatloaf after rehydrating to retain chew and color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional or dietary benefits does this blend offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis vegetable mix provides plant-based fiber and concentrated vegetable flavor without preservatives or fillers. Because it contains no added salt, MSG or artificial additives, it’s easy to control sodium and seasonings in homemade recipes. The blend is suitable for vegan and gluten-free diets and carries Kosher OU certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll-natural ingredients: carrot, onion, celery, bell pepper, tomato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG, no added salt, gluten-free and non-GMO.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher OU certified and made in the USA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact shelf-stable form for longer pantry life versus fresh produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and measure the product for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the reusable container sealed in a cool, dry cupboard to preserve crunch and flavor. Use a dry spoon to measure; avoid introducing moisture into the container to maintain shelf life. When rehydrating in liquid, allow several minutes for vegetables to soften to your desired texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in original container with lid tightly closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within recommended pantry time once opened for best quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRehydrate with hot water or add directly to simmering recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeasure by tablespoons for seasoning or by volume for recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, meal-preppers, busy families and anyone who wants reliable vegetable flavor without the prep work. It’s ideal for people stocking emergency food supplies, small commercial kitchens seeking consistent mise en place, or students and travelers wanting lightweight, shelf-stable ingredients. Because the mix is vegan, gluten-free and Kosher certified, it fits a wide range of dietary preferences while simplifying everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures include a deluxe blend of carrot, onion, celery, bell pepper and tomato; a roomy 1.5 lb reusable container for kitchen organization; bold, natural flavor suitable across soups, sauces, dips and toppings; and quality assurances like non-GMO, no MSG, no added salt and Kosher OU certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarrot, Onion,Celery, Bell Pepper, and Tomato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I add this mix directly to boiling water?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Add the mix to boiling water or simmering broth and cook 5–10 minutes to rehydrate and soften the vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product gluten-free and suitable for vegans?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The Deluxe Dried Vegetable Soup Mix is gluten-free, vegan, non-GMO and certified Kosher OU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"It's Delish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001076437075,"sku":"B08685TWB5","price":124.32,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/its-delish-front-packaging-24oz.jpg?v=1787160352"},{"product_id":"kayanoya-vegetable-stock-powder-24x8g-packets-garlic-flavored-vegan-broth-2-min-prep","title":"Kayanoya Vegetable Stock Powder, 24x8g Packets - Garlic-Flavored Vegan Broth, 2-Min Prep","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eKayanoya Original Vegetable Stock Powder is a quick-mixing, garlic-flavored vegan broth in single-serve 8g packets designed to add rich vegetable umami to soups, pastas, salads and grain dishes in two minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Japan from dried vegetables and extracts like onion, garlic, carrot, celery and cabbage, this dehydrated stock arrives as convenient powdered sachets so you can build savory flavor without bulk storage or refrigeration. Each packet dissolves easily in hot water or acts as a seasoning when sprinkled directly into sauces, dressings, or stir-fries. The mild garlic note balances vegetable sweetness and savory depth, making it a versatile pantry staple for vegetarian and vegan cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast can I make a bowl of broth for soup or noodles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare an instant vegetable broth in about two minutes: pour a packet into hot water and stir until dissolved. It rehydrates quickly and gives a clear, savory base suitable for soups, ramen, or quick noodle bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 8g packet per 300–350 ml hot water for a standard broth strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves fully with a brief stir—no straining required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust concentration by adding more or less water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this powder as a seasoning in cooked dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Kayanoya vegetable stock powder doubles as a finishing or cooking seasoning. Add it to sauces, rice, or grains while cooking to infuse even heat distribution of flavor, or sprinkle a small amount on salads and roasted vegetables as a savory enhancer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into grains, risottos, or pilafs for consistent savory depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a dry rub or mix with oil for roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to dressings and marinades for instant umami lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients are used and is it suitable for vegetarians and vegans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder contains dried onion, garlic, carrot, yeast extract, onion extract powder, celery extract powder, cabbage extract powder and garlic powder sourced from Japanese fields. There are no animal-derived ingredients listed, making it appropriate for vegetarian and vegan diets, though you should check the package for any recipe-specific allergen labeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetable extracts and dried vegetables for plant-forward flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYeast extract provides savory umami without meat-based stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced in Japan with attention to ingredient sourcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many packets come in the set and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing offers 24 individual 8g packets, conveniently portioned for single-use preparation or seasoning. Store unopened packets in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight; once opened, use promptly to preserve aroma and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 packets of 8g each for long-lasting pantry supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact sachets are travel-friendly and reduce waste from large containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep dry storage; reseal any used packaging if possible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Cooks who want quick, reliable vegetable flavor without refrigeration—home chefs, college students, busy professionals, and anyone preparing vegetarian or vegan meals. It’s also useful for foodservice or camping when lightweight, shelf-stable seasoning matters. If you need a flexible, garlic-tinged vegetable broth that works as both soup base and seasoning, Kayanoya’s single-serve packets offer an easy way to add consistent umami to everyday dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003edried onion, dried garlic, dried carrot, yeast extract, onion extract powder, celery extract powder, cabbage extract powder, and garlic powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water per packet for a standard broth?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use about 300–350 ml hot water per 8g packet for a standard-strength broth; adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product vegan-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the listed ingredients are plant-based; check the packaging for any allergen or production notices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kayanoya","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001076469843,"sku":"B07TBPDY9C","price":114.52,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kayanoya-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160355"},{"product_id":"kitchen-basics-turkey-stock-32-oz-cartons-pack-of-12-slow-simmered-50-less-sodium","title":"Kitchen Basics Turkey Stock 32 oz Cartons (Pack of 12) — Slow-Simmered, 50% Less Sodium","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Basics Original Turkey Stock is a slow-simmered, savory turkey broth in convenient 32 oz cartons that gives soups, sauces, and casseroles deep flavor with 50% less sodium than the leading regular broth.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade by Kitchen Basics, this turkey stock starts with real turkey, vegetables, and a measured blend of herbs and spices, simmered to extract a balanced, full-bodied taste without artificial flavors. Packaged in ready-to-use 32 oz cartons and sold in a pack of 12, it’s intended for cooks who want reliable, restaurant-style flavor at home while keeping sodium in check. Use it as a base for everyday meals or to boost the savory profile of holiday dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this turkey stock change my soups and stews?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stock adds a layered, savory backbone that enhances both simple and complex recipes without overpowering other ingredients. Its slow-simmered profile provides depth and a natural turkey essence that makes broths, stews, and chowders taste richer with minimal extra seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeep turkey flavor from slow simmering of meat and bones\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetable and herb aromatics for balanced savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use 32 oz cartons for measured recipe portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower sodium lets you control final seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use Kitchen Basics turkey stock in sauces and gravies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this stock is an ideal neutral-yet-flavorful liquid for deglazing pans, thinning gravies, or building pan sauces. Because it is concentrated in taste but moderate in salt, it integrates well with reductions and roux-based sauces, giving a clean turkey essence without masking other components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a deglazer to lift browned bits from pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces smoothly for glossy, flavorful sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with butter, wine, cream, or mustard finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent carton size for predictable sauce yields\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this stock suitable for people watching sodium intake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitchen Basics Original Turkey Stock contains roughly half the sodium of a leading regular broth, making it a better option for lowering overall sodium in recipes. It still delivers savory character, so you can reduce added salt while maintaining robust taste in family meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50% less sodium versus a leading regular broth brand\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor-forward formulation minimizes need for extra salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelpful for gradual sodium reductions in everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarton labeling simplifies tracking sodium per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to store and use these 32 oz cartons?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cartons are designed for pantry storage until opened and are convenient to pour directly into pots, pans, or measuring cups. After opening, refrigerate any unused portion and use within recommended time; the 32 oz size balances single-meal use and small-batch cooking without excessive leftovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e32 oz carton fits common recipe measurements and servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 12 ensures a steady supply for meal planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarton pour-spout reduces spills compared to cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate after opening; freeze portions if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Kitchen Basics Original Turkey Stock in 32 oz cartons is aimed at home cooks, caterers, and meal-preppers who want a reliable, flavorful base for soups, sauces, and casseroles while managing sodium. It fits anyone looking to streamline weeknight cooking, improve the savory quality of prepared dishes, or keep a pantry-ready supply for seasonal and holiday recipes. If you prefer real-ingredient stocks without artificial flavors and need the convenience of consistent cartons, this product is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee package for details\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much sodium is in Kitchen Basics Turkey Stock?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This turkey stock has about 50% less sodium than the leading regular broth brand; check the carton for the exact milligram amount per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I freeze opened cartons of this stock?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — pour unused stock into freezer-safe containers or ice cube trays for convenient portions, then freeze for longer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kitchen Basics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001094852691,"sku":"B009S4PK5E","price":166.17,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kitchen-basics-turkey-stock-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160645"},{"product_id":"kitchen-basics-unsalted-chicken-stock-32-oz-carton-pack-of-12-no-added-salt-resealable","title":"Kitchen Basics Unsalted Chicken Stock 32 oz Carton — Pack of 12, No Added Salt, Resealable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Basics Unsalted Chicken Stock is a slow-simmered, no-added-salt 32 oz carton that brings rich chicken flavor to soups, sauces, and recipes while letting you control seasoning.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade by Kitchen Basics, this unsalted chicken stock is crafted from chicken, herbs, and vegetables simmered for hours to develop layered taste without added salt, MSG, or artificial flavors. Packaged in resealable 32 oz cartons and available as a convenient pack of 12, it’s designed for cooks who want a reliable, neutral-flavored liquid base that adapts to a wide range of recipes. Because it’s unsalted and gluten-free, this stock gives chefs and home cooks flexibility to season to taste and accommodate dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this unsalted stock change my recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUsing an unsalted stock gives you greater control over the dish’s final salt level and the ability to tailor flavors precisely. It contributes body and authentic chicken notes without forcing additional sodium into the recipe, so herbs, spices, and finishing salts shine through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds natural chicken depth without predetermined saltiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows accurate seasoning for low-sodium diets or recipe testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a neutral base for reductions, gravies, and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances layers of flavor in long-simmered soups and braises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main ingredients and quality highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis stock is made by slowly simmering chicken with a blend of vegetables and herbs to extract savory flavors. It contains no added salt, no MSG, and no artificial flavors, and it’s formulated without gluten-containing ingredients, making it suitable for many dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered chicken, carrots, onions, and celery for a full-bodied base\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added salt — ideal for precise seasoning control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from MSG and artificial flavorings for a cleaner pantry choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation to accommodate sensitive diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 32 oz carton?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe carton is resealable to keep unused stock fresh and easy to pour without spills. Store unopened cartons in a cool, dry pantry; refrigerate after opening and use within recommended time. Its 32 oz size is practical for multiple meals while being small enough to finish before quality declines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable spout for controlled pouring and storage convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePantry-stable until opened, ideal for stocking up in bulk (pack of 12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses include soups, risottos, pan sauces, and braises\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate after opening and use within the manufacturer’s suggested timeframe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose a pack of 12 — is it worth buying in bulk?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuying a 12-pack is cost-effective for households that cook regularly, for foodservice, or for stocking pantry staples at once. It reduces shopping frequency and ensures you always have an unsalted, high-quality chicken base on hand for meal prep or large-batch cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk buying offers savings compared to single cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for meal prep, catering, or weekly batch-cooking sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor and quality across multiple recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLess packaging waste per serving versus single-use alternatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kitchen Basics Unsalted Chicken Stock is aimed at home cooks, meal-preppers, and professional kitchens that want a dependable, unsalted liquid foundation. It suits anyone needing precise salt control—people managing sodium intake, recipe developers, and chefs wanting a neutral base to amplify herbs and spices. If you value clean-label ingredients, gluten-free options, and a carton that’s easy to store and pour, this product is built to fit into your pantry and help you make consistently delicious dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee package for details\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Kitchen Basics Unsalted Chicken Stock gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This unsalted chicken stock is labeled gluten-free and made without gluten-containing ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this in place of salted stock in recipes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Use it as a one-to-one substitute and add salt to taste for precise seasoning control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kitchen Basics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001122639955,"sku":"B009S4PM4I","price":165.89,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kitchen-basics-unsalted-chicken-stock-front-carton.jpg?v=1787161040"},{"product_id":"amys-mushroom-bisque-with-porcini-gluten-free-soup-14-oz-pack-of-12-organic-vegetarian","title":"Amy's Mushroom Bisque with Porcini, Gluten-Free Soup 14 oz Pack of 12 — Organic Vegetarian","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmy's Mushroom Bisque with wild-crafted porcini is a creamy, gluten-free canned soup delivered in a convenient 14-ounce can — sold here as a pack of 12.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRich, earthy porcini mushrooms, organic cream, and Arborio rice form the base of this vegetarian bisque from Amy's Kitchen. Crafted to be non-GMO, gluten-free, soy-free, and certified kosher, the soup is ready to heat for a quick meal or to fold into recipes that need a savory, mushroom-forward foundation. Each 14-ounce can provides pantry-friendly convenience without artificial additives, reflecting Amy's long-standing focus on organic ingredients and safer packaging choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this mushroom bisque taste like and what are the main ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bisque offers a smooth, creamy texture with pronounced porcinis for an earthy, woodsy mushroom flavor balanced by dairy cream and tender Arborio rice. Vegetables and seasonings round out the profile, resulting in a savory, slightly luxurious soup experience that holds up well as both a stand-alone meal or a recipe component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWild-crafted porcini mushrooms provide a deep, savory flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic cream and Arborio rice create a velvety, filling texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo GMOs, gluten-free, soy-free, and certified kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in 14-ounce cans, sold in a convenient pack of 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I heat and serve Amy's Mushroom Bisque for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHeat gently to preserve the soup's texture and flavor: microwave in a microwave-safe bowl for about 2 minutes, or warm slowly on the stovetop, stirring occasionally until hot. Serve straight from the bowl or elevate it with simple garnishes for a restaurant-style touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: approx. 2 minutes in a microwave-safe bowl, stir, then check temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: simmer on low, stirring occasionally to prevent sticking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish ideas: cracked black pepper, chopped chives, a drizzle of olive oil or a slice of crusty bread\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base: blend into sauces, risottos, or casseroles for added mushroom depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this soup suitable for specific diets or food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bisque is formulated to accommodate several common dietary needs: it is gluten-free, non-GMO, soy-free, and certified kosher. It is vegetarian but not vegan, due to the inclusion of cream; check ingredient labels if you have dairy allergies or strict vegan requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation suitable for those avoiding wheat and gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients consistent with Amy's transparency initiatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified kosher and soy-free for additional dietary compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains dairy — not appropriate for dairy-free or vegan diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a 12-pack and how long will unopened cans keep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePurchasing a 12-pack is ideal for stocking pantry staples, meal prepping, or serving families and small groups without repeated shopping trips. Unopened, commercially canned soups typically have extended shelf life; follow the printed best-by date on each can and store them in a cool, dry place to maintain quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk pack reduces shopping frequency and is cost-effective per can\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for meal planning, workplace kitchens, and emergency pantry supplies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened cans in a cool, dry area and use by the printed date\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAmy's early adoption of safer can linings aims to minimize exposure to unwanted chemicals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Amy's Mushroom Bisque with Porcini is aimed at shoppers who want a ready-to-heat, vegetarian soup with robust mushroom flavor and clean-label credentials. It's a good choice for gluten-free households, anyone seeking non-GMO pantry options, and busy cooks who want a versatile, flavorful base for quick lunches, light dinners, or recipe boosts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFiltered Water, Organic Mushrooms, Organic Onions, Organic White Arborio Rice, Organic Leeks, Organic Celery, Organic Cream, Organic Butter (Organic Cream, Salt), Sea Salt, Powdered Wild-Crafted Porcini Mushrooms, Organic Spices, Organic Cracked Black Pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Amy's Mushroom Bisque gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — this mushroom bisque is labeled gluten free and suitable for gluten-sensitive diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I heat a 14-ounce can of this soup?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Microwave in a microwave-safe bowl about 2 minutes or warm on the stovetop, stirring until hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Amy's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001126834259,"sku":"B00BF0OXM0","price":140.53,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/amys-mushroom-bisque-front-can.jpg?v=1787161102"},{"product_id":"progresso-minestrone-soup-vegetable-classics-19-oz-cans-pack-of-12-ready-to-serve-with-beans-penne","title":"Progresso Minestrone Soup - Vegetable Classics 19 oz Cans (Pack of 12), Ready-to-Serve with Beans \u0026 Penne","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProgresso Minestrone Soup is a ready-to-serve, vegetable-packed canned minestrone with beans, penne pasta, and tomato for quick comforting meals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12-can pack of Progresso Vegetable Classics Minestrone offers a convenient pantry staple that combines tomato puree, hearty beans, assorted vegetables, and penne rigate pasta. Each 19 oz can yields about two servings and contains recognizable ingredients and no artificial flavors or colors from artificial sources. Heat on the stovetop or in the microwave for an easy lunch, a light dinner, or a side to sandwiches and freshly baked bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients are in Progresso Minestrone and how filling is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProgresso Minestrone features tomato puree as its base, a mix of vegetables, beans for protein and fiber, and penne pasta for substance. A typical serving is modest in calories yet provides dietary fiber and a satisfying mouthfeel because of the beans and pasta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTomato puree base for tang and body\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHearty beans add fiber and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePenne rigate pasta gives chew and makes it more filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 110 calories per serving with one-half cup of vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a can for stovetop or microwave serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing Progresso Minestrone is fast and flexible: warm the soup in a saucepan over medium heat until hot, stirring occasionally. For microwave use, transfer to a microwave-safe bowl and heat on high for about two to four minutes, then let it stand one minute before serving to allow heat to distribute evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: pour into saucepan, heat until steaming, stir and serve\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: use a microwave-safe bowl, 2–4 minutes on high, let stand 1 minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need to add water or extra ingredients unless you want to dilute or season\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 19 oz can serves about two people as a soup portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Progresso Minestrone be used in recipes or paired with other foods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this minestrone works both as a stand-alone bowl and as a component in recipes. Pair it with crusty bread, grilled cheese, or a simple salad for a balanced meal, or use it as a base for added protein (chicken, sausage) or extra vegetables for homemade heartier versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe alongside fresh bread or a sandwich for a full meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd cooked meat or extra vegetables to bulk it up\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a soup base when cooking casseroles or braised dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for meal prep—store unopened cans in the pantry for months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat quality and nutrition details should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProgresso emphasizes familiar ingredients and a classic flavor profile without artificial flavors or colors from artificial sources. Each serving supplies dietary fiber and modest calories, making it a sensible option when you want a quick, vegetable-forward canned soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors or artificial-source colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood source of fiber per serving thanks to the beans and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 110 calories per serving—moderate portion size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of twelve 19 oz cans for pantry-ready convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Progresso Vegetable Classics Minestrone is aimed at anyone seeking an easy, recognizable canned soup that balances vegetables, beans, and pasta—ideal for busy families, office lunches, students, or anyone who values a quick, comforting bowl without the need for fresh prep. The 12-can pack suits households that want reliable pantry items for weekly meals, emergency food storage, or stocking a break room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Tomato Puree (water, tomato paste), Carrots, Celery, Light Red Kidney Beans, Green Beans, Penne Rigate Pasta (semolina wheat, egg white), Dried Peas, Spinach, Garbanzo Beans. Contains less than 1% of: Modified Food Starch, Salt, Sugar, Potassium Chloride, Corn Protein (hydrolyzed), Tomato Extract, Spice, Dried Parsley, Maltodextrin, Natural Cheese Flavor, Garlic Powder, Soybean Oil, Onion Powder, Citric Acid, Olive Oil, Natural Flavor, Turmeric Extract (color), Soy Lecithin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in a 19 oz can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 19 oz can yields about two servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to add water before heating?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the soup is ready to heat and serve without adding water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Progresso","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001150853203,"sku":"B00GX8KHCY","price":168.32,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/progresso-minestrone-front-can.jpg?v=1787161461"},{"product_id":"campbells-chicken-noodle-soup-condensed-10-75-oz-can-48-pack-classic-comfort-quick-prep","title":"Campbell's Chicken Noodle Soup Condensed 10.75 oz Can (48 Pack) — Classic Comfort, Quick Prep","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCampbell’s Condensed Chicken Noodle Soup is a ready-to-prepare, classic chicken-and-noodle soup in a 10.75 oz can sold as a convenient 48-pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eComforting and familiar, this condensed soup brings tender chicken, fresh-style noodles, and savory broth together in a single can. Made with chicken raised without antibiotics, the product is designed for quick preparation—just add water and heat—making it ideal for stocking kitchens, feeding families, or keeping on hand for last-minute meals. The Campbell’s name reflects more than a century of soup-making history, and this chicken noodle variety is a go-to when you want a warm, simple bowl that pairs well with crackers, sandwiches, or fresh garnishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a can of Campbell’s condensed chicken noodle soup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is fast and flexible: you can heat the condensed soup on the stovetop or in a microwave after mixing with water. Follow the can directions for the right water-to-soup ratio, and adjust heat time to reach your preferred serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: combine soup and water, simmer and stir until hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: mix soup with water in a microwave-safe bowl and heat, stirring occasionally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion control: one 10.75 oz can typically serves two people as a cup-sized portion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish ideas: cracked pepper, chopped parsley, or shredded cheese for extra flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this 48-pack a practical choice for my pantry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying Campbell’s condensed chicken noodle soup in a 48-pack saves shopping trips and ensures you always have a reliable meal base at home or work. The cans stack easily, have a long shelf life, and are useful for offices, emergency food supplies, or bulk family stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge-volume convenience for frequent use or group meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact canned format that stores neatly on pantry shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf stability reduces waste and emergency worries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent taste you can rely on for quick meals and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there simple ways to upgrade the soup for more nutrition or flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this condensed soup is a versatile base that adapts well to extra ingredients for more substance and nutrients. Add fresh or frozen vegetables, shredded cooked chicken, or whole grains to increase protein and fiber without losing the classic chicken-noodle profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: diced carrots, spinach, peas, or corn heat quickly and boost vitamins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein boost: stir in leftover cooked chicken, tofu, or canned beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture changes: cooked rice or barley transform it into a heartier meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoning tweaks: a squeeze of lemon or a dash of hot sauce brightens flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This 48-pack of Campbell’s Condensed Chicken Noodle Soup suits busy households, meal-prep shoppers, small businesses, and anyone who values a reliable, easy-to-prepare comfort food. It’s helpful for caregivers, dorm residents, or event hosts who need to feed groups quickly. If you want a pantry staple that combines familiar flavor with fast prep and flexible customization, this bulk offering is built to deliver repeatedly without hassle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Chicken Stock, Enriched Egg Noodles (Wheat Flour, Eggs, Niacin, Ferrous Sulfate, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Chicken Meat, Contains Less Than 2% Of: Salt, Chicken Fat, Water, Monosodium Glutamate, Cornstarch, Flavoring, Modified Cornstarch, Dried Chicken Broth, Sugar, Beta Carotene For Color, Onion Powder, Yeast Extract, Sodium Phosphate, Soy Protein Isolate, Dried Chicken, Garlic Extract. Contains: Egg, Wheat, Soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water do I add to one 10.75 oz can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Mix one can with 1 to 1 1\/4 cups of water, then heat and stir until evenly hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the chicken in this soup antibiotic-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product is made with chicken meat raised without antibiotics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Campbell's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001168711763,"sku":"B00LM3G47M","price":273.87,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/campbells-condensed-chicken-noodle-front-can.jpg?v=1787161706"},{"product_id":"campbell-s-chunky-manhattan-clam-chowder-soup-18-8-oz-cans-case-of-12-tomato-based-hearty-vegetables","title":"Campbell’s Chunky Manhattan Clam Chowder Soup, 18.8 oz Cans (Case of 12) — Tomato-Based, Hearty Vegetables","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCampbell’s Chunky Manhattan Clam Chowder is a ready-to-heat, tomato-based clam and vegetable soup sold in 18.8 oz cans, offered here as a convenient case of 12 for pantry stocking or on-the-go meals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis Chunky Manhattan Clam Chowder blends clams stewed in a zesty tomato broth with generous chunks of potatoes, carrots and celery, delivering a filling bowl that provides about 10 grams of protein per can. Designed for busy households, work lunches, or outdoor trips, these microwavable cans are intended to be simple to prepare and easy to store. The case of 12 keeps a steady supply on hand for quick meals, group feeding, or meal-prep planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s in each can and how does the flavor profile read?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 18.8 oz can contains clams in a tomato-forward broth with hearty vegetables and pieces sized to make the soup feel substantial. The chowder leans zesty rather than creamy, with visible chunks of potato, carrot and celery to add texture and bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKey ingredients: clams, tomatoes, potatoes, carrots, celery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein: approximately 10 g per can\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: chunky pieces for a meal-like mouthfeel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: bright tomato base with savory clam notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare these cans quickly at home or while traveling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can heat the soup in a microwave-safe bowl or warm it gently in a saucepan on the stove; both methods take only minutes. For campfire or outdoor use, pour into a pot and heat over low to medium heat until steaming, stirring occasionally for even warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: empty can into bowl, heat 2–4 minutes, stir and check temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: simmer in saucepan over low-medium heat until hot, stirring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOutdoor: warm in a camp pot over flame, use caution with open fire\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: keep unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry; recycle cans after use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this case of 12 add value for meal planning and stocking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying a 12-pack saves repeated trips to the store and makes feeding multiple people or maintaining a stocked pantry simple. It’s practical for families, offices, emergency kits or anyone who prefers to have ready-made, hearty options available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk convenience: one purchase covers many meals or several people\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile use: lunch, quick dinner, work meal, or camping option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life: canned stability reduces waste and frequent shopping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable: take a can on trips, to work, or for outdoor activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the soup to suit tastes or dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this chowder is a good base to build on: add fresh herbs, extra vegetables, or a splash of cream if you prefer a richer finish. You can also pair it with bread, crackers, or a simple salad to make a more complete meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: chopped parsley, a squeeze of lemon, or cracked black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStretchers: cooked rice, barley, or extra diced vegetables for bulk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairings: crusty bread, oyster crackers, or mixed green salad\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNote: check sodium and ingredient list for dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Campbell’s Chunky Manhattan Clam Chowder in an 18.8 oz can (case of 12) is best for busy consumers who want a heartier canned soup that works as a quick meal, for families stocking pantry staples, teams feeding groups, or outdoor enthusiasts needing an easy-to-heat option. If you seek a tomato-based clam chowder with visible vegetables, portable packaging, and bulk convenience, this case offers a practical, ready-to-serve solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Water, Potatoes, Clam Stock, Carrots, Clams, Celery, Diced Tomatoes In Tomato Juice, Contains Less Than 2% Of: Tomato Paste, Modified Food Starch, Vegetable Oil (Corn, Canola, And\/Or Soybean), Salt, Green Peppers, Red Peppers, Wheat Flour, Monosodium Glutamate, Sodium Phosphate, Spices, Yeast Extract, Natural Flavoring, Clam Extract, Succinic Acid, Onion Extract, Sugar, Soy Sauce (Soybeans, Wheat, Salt), Contains: Cod, Wheat, Soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in one can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 18.8 oz can contains about 10 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I heat this soup in a microwave?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—empty into a microwave-safe bowl, heat 2–4 minutes and stir before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Campbell’s Chunky","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001181655123,"sku":"B00WS3V4BG","price":167.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/campbells-chunky-manhattan-clam-chowder-front-can.jpg?v=1787161926"},{"product_id":"pacific-foods-organic-unsalted-chicken-bone-broth-32-oz-cartons-12-pack-usda-organic-slow-simmered-high-protein","title":"Pacific Foods Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth — 32 oz Cartons (12-Pack), USDA Organic, Slow-Simmered, High Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacific Foods Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth is a slow-simmered, USDA-certified organic bone broth packaged in recyclable 32 oz cartons—sold here as a convenient 12-pack for sipping or cooking without added salt.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLightly savory and rich in naturally occurring collagen and protein, this unsalted chicken bone broth is made by gently simmering organic chicken bones with vegetables, rosemary and apple cider vinegar. The result is a versatile, low-sodium pantry staple suitable for sipping warm, using as a base in recipes, or adding protein to meals. Each 32 oz carton yields about four 1-cup servings; every cup contains roughly 9 grams of protein, under 1 gram of carbohydrates, and about 50 calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bone broth different from regular chicken stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike standard chicken stock, this product is slow-simmered to extract collagen and flavor from organic bones and aromatics, producing a broth with more body and protein per serving. It is unsalted, which lets you control sodium in recipes and daily intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA-certified organic ingredients and non-GMO components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered bones with vegetables, rosemary, and apple cider vinegar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsalted formula for flexible seasoning and low-sodium diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-, soy-, wheat- and yeast-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use Pacific Foods unsalted chicken bone broth in cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this broth anywhere you would normally use chicken stock, water, or low-sodium broth—soups, stews, risottos, sauces, and casseroles benefit from its deeper flavor. Because it’s unsalted, add finishing salt or salty ingredients to taste without over-seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace water for cooking grains or for braising vegetables and proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAs a base for soups, chilis, and noodle bowls to boost protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to sauces and gravies for richer mouthfeel and collagen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm and sip plain or with lemon, ginger, or fresh herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this bone broth suitable for special diets like paleo or keto?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth’s nutritional profile—low in carbs and calories, moderate in protein—fits well with many low-carb lifestyles. It is free from gluten, soy, wheat, and yeast and may suit paleo or keto diets, but always verify against your specific dietary requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 9 g protein, \u0026lt;1 g carbs, ~50 calories per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added salt—helps keep total sodium down for restricted diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from organic, non-GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMay be appropriate for paleo and keto meal plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve the 32 oz cartons for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCartons are recyclable and shelf-stable until opened. Once opened, refrigerate and use within a few days or freeze in portions for longer storage. For best flavor, gently heat and avoid boiling to preserve delicate aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable until opened, then refrigerate and use within a few days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze in ice-cube trays or resealable containers for single-serve portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm gently on stovetop or microwave; add herbs or citrus to brighten flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 32 oz carton yields about four 1-cup servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Pacific Foods Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth (12-pack) is ideal for home cooks, meal-preppers, and anyone seeking a lower-sodium, organic bone-broth option. It suits people who want a convenient source of protein and collagen to enrich recipes or enjoy as a warm, savory beverage. Choose this pack if you prefer organic ingredients, want control over seasoning, and appreciate recyclable packaging for regular use in kitchens, fitness recovery routines, or comforting day-to-day sipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Organic Chicken Bone Broth (Water, Organic Chicken, Organic Onions, Organic Spices, Organic Carrots, Organic Celery, Organic Rosemary Extract [Antioxidant]), Organic Apple Cider Vinegar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one 32 oz carton?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 32 oz carton contains about four 1-cup servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth shelf-stable and recyclable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—cartons are shelf-stable until opened and made from recyclable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pacific Foods","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001188667475,"sku":"B0146I3ND2","price":227.27,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/pacific-foods-unsalted-chicken-bone-broth-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162045"},{"product_id":"kettle-fire-classic-beef-bone-broth-6-pack-grass-fed-slow-simmered-high-protein-collagen","title":"Kettle \u0026 Fire Classic Beef Bone Broth 6-Pack — Grass-Fed, Slow-Simmered, High-Protein Collagen","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire Classic Beef Bone Broth is a slow-simmered, shelf-stable beef bone broth made from 100% grass-fed cattle bones and organic vegetables designed as a high-protein, collagen-rich cooking and sipping base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-pack of Classic Beef Bone Broth from Kettle \u0026amp; Fire is crafted to deliver the deep savory flavor and rich mouthfeel of homemade broth without the long countertop simmer. Each carton is produced from bones sourced from grass-fed cattle and simmered more than 20 hours to extract proteins, collagen, and amino acids. The broth is paleo-, keto-, and Whole30-friendly, gluten-free and free from common allergens like soy and dairy, offering 7 grams of protein per serving and a two-year shelf life for pantry convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this broth different from regular stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire focuses on long, gentle simmering with high-quality raw materials to concentrate gelatin and protein. The result is a flavorful, gel-ingesting broth that resembles the texture and depth of home-simmered bone broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% grass-fed cattle bones for fuller flavor and traceability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimmered over 20 hours to extract collagen, amino acids and natural gelatin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes organic vegetables — no artificial flavors or preservatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable cartons let you store it in the pantry for up to two years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this bone broth in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis broth is a versatile building block: use it as a sipping broth, a base for soups and stews, or a flavorful liquid for grains and braises. It enhances savory recipes quickly and replaces water or stock for deeper flavor without extra effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSip warm with a pinch of salt or herbs for a simple warming drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for soups, chilis, risottos, and slow-cooker recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute for water when cooking rice, quinoa, or polenta to boost savory notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeglaze pans and finish sauces for added body and umami complexity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for special diets and allergens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Classic Beef Bone Broth is formulated to fit several popular dietary approaches and to avoid common allergens. It’s labeled gluten-free and contains no soy or dairy, making it broadly compatible with elimination diets and many lifestyle plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeto-, paleo-, and Whole30-friendly due to minimal added ingredients and low carbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO and free from soy and dairy to accommodate common sensitivities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e7 grams of protein per serving helps support higher-protein meal planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear ingredient list: bones, organic vegetables, water, sea salt and natural seasonings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store and prepare the cartons?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCartons are shelf-stable for two years unopened; refrigerate after opening and use within a few days. Heat gently for sipping or bring to a simmer before adding ingredients when using as a cooking liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnopened cartons: store in a cool, dry pantry for up to two years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAfter opening: refrigerate and use within 4–7 days for best freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTo serve warm: pour into a saucepan and heat until steaming—avoid boiling vigorously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGels when chilled: this indicates a concentrated collagen-rich broth and melts when warmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Kettle \u0026amp; Fire Classic Beef Bone Broth six-pack is for home cooks, meal preppers, and anyone seeking a convenient, nutrient-dense pantry staple with authentic beef flavor. It suits people following keto, paleo or Whole30 guidelines, those avoiding gluten, soy, and dairy, and anyone who wants the texture and depth of homemade broth without daily simmering. Keep a carton on hand for quick soups, richer grains, and to add savory depth to sauces and one-pot meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeef Marrow Bones From Pasture-Raised, 100% Grass-Fed \u0026amp; Finished Cattle. Organic Vegetables, Spices, Onions, Carrots, Celery, Parsley, Sea Salt, Apple Cider Vinegar. Reverse-Osmosis Purified Water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each serving contains 7 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to refrigerate unopened cartons?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—unopened cartons are shelf-stable for up to two years; refrigerate after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kettle \u0026 Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001231462483,"sku":"B01MU6XD17","price":130.15,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kettle-and-fire-classic-beef-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162627"},{"product_id":"kettle-fire-chicken-bone-broth-6-pack-pasture-raised-19g-protein-shelf-stable-collagen","title":"Kettle \u0026 Fire Chicken Bone Broth 6-Pack — Pasture-Raised, 19g Protein, Shelf-Stable Collagen","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire Chicken Bone Broth is a ready-to-drink, slow-simmered broth made from pasture-raised chicken bones and organic vegetables that delivers collagen and 19g of protein per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-pack of shelf-stable chicken bone broth is crafted by gently simmering free-range chicken bones with organic aromatics for more than 14 hours to extract flavor, amino acids, and collagen. Designed to fit low-carb, keto, paleo and Whole30-style eating patterns, the broth is gluten-free, dairy-free, non-GMO, and contains no hormones, antibiotics, or artificial additives. Use it as a warming drink, a cooking base, or a protein-rich boost during a busy morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this broth made and what ingredients are used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth is created through long, low-heat simmering of pasture-raised chicken bones together with organic vegetables and herbs to concentrate nutrients and flavor. Ingredients are chosen to be simple and transparent, avoiding artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePasture-raised chicken bones for natural collagen and protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic carrots, onions, celery, and herbs for balanced savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo dairy, gluten, GMOs, hormones, or antibiotics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrepared in small batches and pasteurized for shelf stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are practical ways to use this bone broth at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis chicken bone broth can be sipped plain, used as a savory base for soups and stews, or integrated into recipes that need extra depth. Because it’s shelf-stable and ready-to-drink, it’s useful for quick meals and as a convenient way to add protein to recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrink warmed as a restorative morning or evening beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace water in recipes like risotto, grains, and sauces for richer flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to smoothies or protein shakes for extra amino acids\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for quick soups, braises, or slow-cooker dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this product fit specific diet plans like keto, paleo, and Whole30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth is formulated to be compatible with low-carb and elimination-style diets because it contains minimal carbohydrates and no prohibited ingredients for Whole30 or paleo approaches. It’s a pragmatic option for people seeking a savory, nutrient-forward beverage that aligns with those eating frameworks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow carbohydrate content makes it suitable for many keto plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaleo-friendly ingredients with no grains or legumes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole30-compliant when used within program rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple ingredient list supports elimination or restrictive diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional value does each serving provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains 19 grams of protein and a measurable amount of collagen and amino acids derived from the long simmering process. These nutrients offer a convenient way to increase daily protein intake without adding dairy or grains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 19g protein per serving for muscle support and satiety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcentrated collagen and amino acids from bone extraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow in carbs and free from gluten and dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable packaging for pantry storage and on-the-go use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kettle \u0026amp; Fire Chicken Bone Broth is made for people who want a convenient, high-protein, savory liquid to support an active or health-minded lifestyle — from busy professionals who need a quick nourishing drink to cooks who want a flavorful, clean-label base for recipes. It’s also appropriate for anyone following low-carb, paleo, keto, or Whole30-style plans and for those seeking a shelf-stable pantry option made from pasture-raised ingredients with straightforward, organic additions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Chicken Bone Broth (water, organic chicken bones, organic onions, organic carrots, organic fennel, organic leeks, organic apple cider vinegar, organic thyme, organic shiitake mushroom, organic tamarind paste, organic bay leaf), Organic Vegetable Broth (organic celery, organic roasted poblano, organic green pepper, organic onion, organic carrot, organic garlic, organic scallions, organic tomato puree, organic parsley, organic thyme, organic rosemary, organic basil, organic spices), Sea Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth shelf-stable or refrigerated?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This chicken bone broth is shelf-stable in its sealed cartons; refrigerate after opening and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the broth contain allergens like gluten or dairy?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The product is dairy-free, gluten-free, and made without common allergens like soy or wheat ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kettle \u0026 Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001233789011,"sku":"B01N9I8HQS","price":130.15,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kettle-and-fire-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162676"},{"product_id":"lonolife-beef-bone-broth-powder-mix-grass-fed-24-stick-packs-10g-protein-collagen-keto-paleo-friendly","title":"LonoLife Beef Bone Broth Powder Mix — Grass-Fed, 24 Stick Packs, 10g Protein \u0026 Collagen, Keto\/Paleo Friendly","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLonoLife Beef Bone Broth Powder Mix is a grab-and-go, grass-fed beef bone broth in single-serve sticks that deliver 10 grams of protein and collagen per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from slow-simmered, pasture-raised beef bones, fresh vegetables and a savory herb blend, this powdered broth reconstitutes quickly for a warming, protein-forward sip. Designed for paleo and keto routines, the formula avoids artificial colors, sweeteners and preservatives. Each box contains 24 easy-to-carry stick packs so you can prepare a hot cup at home, at work, after workouts, or while traveling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this beef bone broth powder different from other broths?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLonoLife powder emphasizes sourcing and convenience: it uses bones from grass-fed, pasture-raised cattle and concentrates collagen and protein into a lightweight packet. The recipe focuses on natural flavors and minimal ingredients for a simple, savory broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 g protein and collagen per serving for daily intake support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrass-fed, pasture-raised beef bones as primary ingredient\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, sweeteners or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 single-serve stick packs for easy portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a serving from the stick pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is fast: empty one stick into hot water, stir until dissolved, and sip. The powder dissolves smoothly to create a savory broth that’s ready within minutes—no blender or stove required if you have hot water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmpty 1 stick into a mug or shaker cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 8–10 oz (about 240–300 ml) of hot water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir or shake for 20–30 seconds until smooth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust water for a richer or lighter flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for keto or paleo diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The recipe is formulated to fit paleo and keto eating patterns by avoiding sugars and artificial additives while delivering primarily protein and collagen. Carbohydrate content is minimal, making it a convenient savory option within those macros.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugars or sweeteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimal carbohydrates per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colors and preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with intermittent fasting windows if consumed as a non-caloric or low-caloric beverage depending on your plan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I use LonoLife bone broth powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks are useful any time you want a quick warm snack or protein boost. Keep packs in your gym bag, office drawer, or travel kit to replace a sugar-laden snack, support morning or evening routines, or add a savory option between meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre- or post-workout sip for protein top-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMidday warm snack at the office\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact travel or hiking meal supplement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy at-home cup when you need a simple savory drink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? LonoLife Beef Bone Broth Powder is made for busy adults who prefer clean-label ingredients and portable convenience—people following paleo or keto lifestyles, those seeking extra protein and collagen without heavy meals, travelers, and anyone wanting a fast savory beverage option. It’s not a medical product; instead, it’s a pantry-friendly way to add a collagen-rich, protein-forward broth to daily routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ebeef collagen, chicory root, dried beef, sea salt, yeast extract, natural flavors, black pepper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each stick provides 10 grams of protein and a source of collagen per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are there any artificial ingredients?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the formula contains no artificial colors, sweeteners, or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"LonoLife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001238409299,"sku":"B06ZYD6BKH","price":140.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lonolife-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162766"},{"product_id":"lonolife-chicken-bone-broth-powder-mix-24-stick-packs-collagen-rich-10g-protein-keto-paleo-friendly","title":"LonoLife Chicken Bone Broth Powder Mix — 24 Stick Packs, Collagen-Rich 10g Protein, Keto \u0026 Paleo Friendly","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLonoLife Chicken Bone Broth Powder Mix is a portable, collagen-rich instant bone broth that delivers 10g of protein per serving in a single stick pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from slow-simmered chicken bones, vegetables, and herbs, this powdered broth recreates the savory, nutrient-forward taste of traditional bone broth without refrigeration or lengthy preparation. Each box contains 24 single-serving stick packs designed for busy lifestyles—toss one into hot water for a quick savory drink or use it as a base in recipes. Formulated to be free of artificial colors, sweeteners, preservatives, and flavors, it fits easily into keto and paleo meal plans while offering a convenient source of protein and collagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I prepare a serving of LonoLife Chicken Bone Broth Powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can have a ready-to-drink cup in under two minutes. Simply empty one stick into 8–10 oz of hot water, stir until dissolved, and enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serving stick packs for no-measure convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves in hot water with a spoon or shaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for office, gym, travel, or home use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required for unopened sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits does each stick pack provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving supplies roughly 10 grams of protein, mostly from collagen and bone-derived proteins. It supports protein intake as part of a balanced diet and acts as a savory, low-carb option for keto or paleo routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 10 g protein per serving from chicken bone sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCollagen-rich profile for daily protein variety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-carb, keto-friendly formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this bone broth powder beyond sipping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powdered broth doubles as a flavorful cooking ingredient. Use it to enrich soups, stews, sauces, or grains, or add it to smoothies for an umami boost in savory preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into soups and stews for deeper flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with hot water as a sipping broth or base for sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to cooked rice, quinoa, or mashed vegetables for savory depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packs make it easy to season meals on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for special diets and food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLonoLife Chicken Bone Broth Powder is created with natural ingredients and no artificial sweeteners or preservatives, aligning with keto and paleo diets. People with specific allergies should consult ingredient lists and packaging to confirm suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarketed as paleo and keto friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, sweeteners, or flavors stated\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck label for allergen declarations and ingredient details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for low-carb meal plans and on-the-go nutrition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: LonoLife Chicken Bone Broth Powder Mix is ideal for busy professionals, travelers, fitness enthusiasts, and anyone seeking a quick, savory protein boost without cooking. It suits people following ketogenic or paleo-style eating who want a portable source of collagen-rich protein, plus home cooks who want an instant broth base to deepen the flavor of everyday recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003echicken bone broth, chicory root, yeast extract, natural flavors, sea salt, black pepper, thyme\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each box contains 24 single-serving stick packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this powder contain artificial flavors or sweeteners?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—LonoLife states it contains no artificial colors, sweeteners, preservatives, or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"LonoLife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001241784403,"sku":"B06ZYNQLP2","price":140.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lonolife-front-packaging-stick-packs.jpg?v=1787162790"},{"product_id":"kettle-fire-mushroom-chicken-bone-broth-6-pack-organic-19g-protein-shelf-stable","title":"Kettle \u0026 Fire Mushroom Chicken Bone Broth 6-Pack — Organic, 19g Protein, Shelf-Stable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire Organic Mushroom Chicken Bone Broth is a slow-simmered, shelf-stable chicken bone broth blended with organic mushrooms that delivers 19 grams of protein per serving for a savory, nutrient-forward sip or cooking base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-pack of ready-to-use bone broth combines long-simmered chicken bones with organic vegetables, herbs and mushrooms to create a rich, umami-forward broth you can drink straight or use to deepen soups, sauces and grains. Made without gluten, dairy, or added hormones, the product is crafted for people who want a convenient, higher-protein pantry item that fits low-carb and Whole30-style eating. The broth is stocked in shelf-stable cartons for easy storage and quick preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly is in this mushroom chicken bone broth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis broth starts with chicken bones simmered for 20+ hours alongside organic vegetables and a blend of dried mushrooms and herbs to extract proteins and collagen. The ingredients list focuses on minimal, recognizable components and avoids artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken bones slow-simmered for extended extraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic mushrooms and vegetables for savory umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo dairy, gluten, GMOs, antibiotics, or added hormones\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable cartons for pantry storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this broth in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the broth as a warming drink, a base for soups and stews, or to replace water when cooking rice, quinoa, or grains for extra flavor and protein. It’s also an easy way to enrich sauces, braises, or a quick one-pan meal without adding heavy cream or butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat and sip as a savory, protein-rich beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute for water in grains and risottos to deepen flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to soups, stews, and sauces for body and umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in marinades or braising liquids for richer results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the nutrition support specific diets like keto or Whole30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth provides 19 grams of protein per serving with minimal carbohydrates and no added sugars, making it compatible with low-carb, keto, and many elimination-style plans like Whole30. Because it’s made from whole ingredients and excludes common allergens like dairy and gluten, it’s easy to include in restricted eating patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-protein, low-carb profile suits keto and low-carb plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole30-friendly ingredients and no added sugars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and dairy-free for common dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient single-serving cartons for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about quality and sourcing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire emphasizes slow-simmering bones and organic produce to maximize flavor and extract proteins. The recipe avoids artificial preservatives and relies on whole-food inputs, with the manufacturing process focused on consistency and shelf stability so the broth is ready when you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtended simmer time to extract proteins and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic mushrooms and vegetables included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo antibiotics, added hormones, or artificial ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged for shelf stability without refrigeration until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you’re a busy cook, an athlete looking for convenient protein, someone following low-carb or elimination diets, or simply a home cook who wants a deeper savory base without extra work, this six-pack of Kettle \u0026amp; Fire Organic Mushroom Chicken Bone Broth offers an easy, flavorful option. It’s suited to those seeking pantry-friendly, high-protein broth for sipping or for elevating everyday recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Chicken Bone Broth (water, organic chicken bones, organic onions, organic carrots, organic fennel, organic leeks, organic apple cider vinegar, organic thyme, organic shiitake mushroom, organic tamarind extract, organic bay leaf), Organic Mushroom Broth (organic portobello mushrooms, organic onion, organic garlic, organic thyme, organic parsley, organic black pepper, organic bay leaves), Organic Lion's Mane Mushroom Powder, Sea Salt, Organic White Pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each serving contains 19 grams of protein, providing a high-protein option for beverages or recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to refrigerate before opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the carton is shelf-stable and can be stored at room temperature until opened; refrigerate after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kettle \u0026 Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001260953683,"sku":"B078HJZJV6","price":125.61,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kettle-and-fire-mushroom-chicken-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163134"},{"product_id":"mary-kitchen-roast-beef-hash-14-oz-cans-pack-of-12-ready-to-cook-shelf-stable","title":"Mary Kitchen Roast Beef Hash - 14 oz Cans, Pack of 12 — Ready-to-Cook, Shelf-Stable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMary Kitchen Roast Beef Hash is a ready-to-cook canned breakfast hash blending tender roast beef, diced potatoes, and savory seasonings for quick, satisfying meals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a familiar diner-style hash to your kitchen with this 12-can pack of Mary Kitchen Roast Beef Hash. Each 14-ounce can contains a hearty mix of roast beef and rehydrated potatoes seasoned for classic savory flavor. Shelf-stable and simple to prepare, these cans make breakfasts, brunches, and quick weeknight skillet meals easier—just fry or heat and customize with eggs, peppers, or herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I cook Mary Kitchen Roast Beef Hash for crispy results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a crunchy exterior and hot, tender interior, pan-frying is the most reliable method. Drain excess liquid, then cook over medium-high heat in a lightly oiled skillet, pressing occasionally to form a golden crust. Finish with a quick flip to brown both sides evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrain can, crumble contents into a preheated skillet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse medium-high heat with a tablespoon of oil or butter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePress down gently for 4–6 minutes, flip and brown another 3–4 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd eggs, cheese, or vegetables near the end to meld flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are simple ways to use this roast beef hash beyond breakfast?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis canned roast beef hash adapts to many meals—think stuffed peppers, shepherd-style casseroles, or quick tacos. It adds protein and texture to baked dishes and works well as a filling for omelets or savory hand pies. Because it’s already seasoned, it shortens prep time for weeknight dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into scrambled eggs or omelets for a hearty start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a topping for baked potatoes or nachos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill tacos, empanadas, or savory crepes for portable meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with veggies and cheese for a casserole or skillet bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the key ingredients and nutrition highlights I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach can blends roast beef with rehydrated potatoes and seasonings, plus a small amount of textured vegetable protein for texture and stability. The product provides a meaningful protein boost per serving and is shelf-stable for pantry storage, making it practical for bulk buying and meal prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain ingredients: beef, rehydrated potatoes, water, textured vegetable protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains savory seasonings including salt, yeast extract, and spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides protein per serving to support balanced meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable cans simplify storage and reduce meal planning stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use a 12-can pack most efficiently?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the unopened cans in a cool, dry pantry for long-term use; refrigerated storage is only necessary after opening. Rotate cans so older inventory is used first and plan batch meals or freezer-friendly recipes to make the most of buying a pack of 12. After heating, refrigerate leftovers in a sealed container and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened cans in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate any unused portions after opening and use within a few days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan bulk recipes like casseroles or breakfast meal-prep to use multiple cans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel and rotate boxes if storing several packs for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Mary Kitchen Roast Beef Hash in a 12-can set suits busy families, meal-preppers, and anyone who appreciates quick, protein-rich meals with minimal fuss. It’s a practical pantry staple for households, rental properties, or communal kitchens where easy, dependable breakfasts and skillet dinners are welcome. If you want a ready-made savory base that cooks fast and pairs with a variety of ingredients, this roast beef hash is a flexible choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeef With Juices, Rehydrated Potatoes, Water, Salt, Hydrolyzed Soy, Corn, and Wheat Protein, Flavoring, Sugar, Spice,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Mary Kitchen Roast Beef Hash ready to eat from the can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The hash is pre-cooked but should be heated—pan-fry or microwave for best taste and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does an opened can last in the fridge?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Transfer leftovers to a sealed container and refrigerate; use within 3–4 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Mary Kitchen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001261117523,"sku":"B078NDYRQJ","price":155.83,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mary-kitchen-roast-beef-hash-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163132"},{"product_id":"mary-kitchen-sausage-hash-14-oz-12-pack-canned-potato-sausage-hash-20g-protein-ready-to-cook","title":"Mary Kitchen Sausage Hash 14 oz (12 Pack) — Canned Potato \u0026 Sausage Hash, 20g Protein, Ready-to-Cook","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMary Kitchen Sausage Hash 14 oz (12 Pack) is a ready-to-cook canned sausage and potato hash that delivers a savory, protein-rich breakfast or meal base in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring classic diner-style sausage hash to your kitchen without extra prep: this 12-pack of 14-ounce cans combines seasoned ground sausage, diced potatoes, and savory spices so you can fry or bake a flavorful meal fast. Each serving supplies 20 grams of protein, making it a practical choice for morning routines, quick family breakfasts, or adding hearty texture to casseroles and egg dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Mary Kitchen Sausage Hash for a quick breakfast?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCooking is straightforward: open a can, empty contents into a preheated skillet, and cook until the edges turn golden and crisp. You can stir gently to break up clumps, or press down slightly with a spatula for an extra-crispy surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat: medium-high skillet with a teaspoon of oil or butter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTime: 6–10 minutes until browned and heated through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish: season to taste and serve with eggs, toast, or tortillas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat recipe ideas make the most of this 12-pack of hash?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe canned sausage hash is versatile: fold it into omelets, layer it in breakfast burritos, or use it as a topping for baked potatoes and sheet-pan meals. Because you have a full 12-pack, you can meal-prep, freeze assembled dishes, or keep several cans on hand for easy hosting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEgg muffins and frittatas: mix with beaten eggs and bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHash skillet meals: add vegetables and cheese for family-style dinners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSandwich or taco filling: combine with salsa, avocado, or hot sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the nutrition and portioning work for families?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains a substantial amount of protein, making it useful as a filling component of a balanced meal. The 14-ounce cans are portion-friendly: use a full can for larger servings or split a can between smaller plates and supplement with eggs or vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein: about 20 g per serving to support satiety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortions: one can serves 2–3 people as part of a meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: unopened cans are pantry-stable; refrigerate leftovers promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get a crisp texture and homemade flavor from a canned product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—pan-frying and allowing the hash to brown produces a crunchy edge reminiscent of restaurant-style hash. Small technique changes, like pressing the hash into the pan or finishing under a broiler for a minute, add texture and deepen flavor without extra ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTechnique: press and sear in a hot skillet for crisp bits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor boosts: sauté a chopped onion or bell pepper first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish: sprinkle cheese or fresh herbs to brighten the dish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Mary Kitchen Sausage Hash 14 oz (12 Pack) suits busy households, meal-prep enthusiasts, and anyone who wants reliable, ready-to-cook savory components on hand. It’s ideal for families needing quick breakfast options, entertainers assembling brunch spreads, or cooks looking to add hearty protein and texture to casseroles, tacos, and egg dishes without long prep times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePork, Rehydrated Potatoes, Contains 2% or Less of Salt, Spices, Sugar, Flavoring, Yeast Extract, Hydrolyzed Corn Protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does it take to cook a can of Mary Kitchen sausage hash?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Pan-fry on medium-high heat for 6–10 minutes until heated through and edges are browned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in a 14 oz can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 14 oz can typically provides 2–3 servings when used as part of a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Mary Kitchen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001261183059,"sku":"B078NFL21K","price":163.27,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mary-kitchen-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163135"},{"product_id":"better-than-bouillon-vegetarian-no-chicken-base-paste-8-oz-pack-of-6-certified-vegan-makes-9-5-qt","title":"Better Than Bouillon Vegetarian No Chicken Base Paste, 8 oz (Pack of 6) — Certified Vegan, Makes 9.5 qt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter Than Bouillon Vegetarian No Chicken Base is a concentrated, savory paste made from seasoned vegetables that dissolves into a rich, plant-based broth without using chicken.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis concentrated base offers an easy way to add layered umami and savory depth to soups, sauces, marinades and side dishes while staying entirely plant-based. Each 8 oz jar multiplies into multiple quarts of broth, giving you pantry versatility for everyday cooking, batch meal prep and entertaining. The paste format lets you control intensity—stir in a spoonful for light flavor or add more for a bolder finish—and the formula is certified vegan for clear dietary alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much broth will one jar produce and how is it measured?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 8 oz jar stretches far: it is concentrated so small amounts reconstitute into large volumes of broth. The jar is formulated to make approximately 9.5 quarts of broth, which translates to about 38 standard servings when diluted according to package directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e8 oz concentrated paste per jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes roughly 9.5 quarts of finished broth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 38 servings per jar based on typical dilution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 6 multiplies yield for long-term use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes benefit most from this vegetarian base?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis no-chicken base brings savory vegetable-forward flavor to a wide variety of recipes. It's useful wherever you want depth without animal ingredients—soups, risottos, grain dishes, gravies and slow-cooked meals all gain richer, rounder taste when you add the paste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into soups and stews for instant broth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in marinades and glazes for roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to rice, quinoa or risotto for more savory complexity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into sauces and gravies to deepen flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the paste and adjust intensity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe paste dissolves quickly in hot water and lets you dial flavor precisely. Start with the recommended ratio and increase spoonfuls gradually until you reach your preferred strength—this format prevents over-salting and gives consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpoon measured amounts into hot water and whisk until smooth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBegin with package-recommended dilution, then taste and refine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a little in sauces for subtle enhancement or more for braises\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix easily into slow cooker or instant pot recipes for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for specific diets or allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is certified vegan and designed as a plant-based alternative to meat-derived broths. While vegan certification addresses animal-ingredient concerns, always check the label for other allergens or consult ingredient lists for dietary sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified vegan—no chicken or animal-derived ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for vegetarian and vegan meal plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcentrated format reduces need for multiple seasonings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck packaging for full ingredient and allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, meal preppers and foodservice professionals looking for a reliable, plant-based flavor booster will find this paste highly useful. It suits anyone wanting to replace meat-based broths with a versatile, shelf-stable concentrate—especially those making soups, grains, sauces or large-batch meals where consistency and flavor depth matter. Because it comes in a multi-pack, it’s also practical for busy kitchens, shared households and pantry stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetter Than Bouillon Vegetarian No Chicken Base, Made with Seasoned Vegetables, Certified Vegan, Makes 9.5 Quarts of Broth, 38 Servings, 8 OZ Jar (Pack of 6)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I make broth from this paste?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stir measured spoonfuls into hot water until dissolved; start with the package ratio and adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product vegan and how many servings per jar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it’s certified vegan and one 8 oz jar makes about 38 servings (roughly 9.5 quarts of broth).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Better Than Bouillon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001281957971,"sku":"B07DXN8G3B","price":130.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/better-than-bouillon-vegetarian-no-chicken-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163493"},{"product_id":"swanson-s-chicken-bone-broth-32-oz-resealable-carton-collagen-rich-low-calorie-cooking-base","title":"SWANSON S Chicken Bone Broth 32 oz Resealable Carton, Collagen-Rich Low-Calorie Cooking Base","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSWANSON S Chicken Bone Broth is a 32-ounce resealable carton of slow-simmered chicken broth that delivers a savory, collagen-containing sip or cooking base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from roasted chicken bones, vegetables, herbs, and spices, this bone broth is crafted to offer deep, savory flavor in a convenient resealable carton. Each cup is low in calories and contains naturally occurring collagen protein, making it useful as a warm snack or a flavor-boosting ingredient for soups, sauces, and recipes. The cartons are non-GMO, contain no added preservatives, and use chicken from birds raised without antibiotics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this bone broth in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwanson S Chicken Bone Broth works as a direct substitute for stock or water in a wide range of dishes, providing richer mouthfeel and deeper savory notes. Use it to build flavor in grains, stews, braises, and pan sauces or simply sip it warm for a quick savory pick-me-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace water when cooking rice, quinoa, or pasta for added flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to soups, stews, and chili to intensify savory depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeglaze pans with broth to create quick pan sauces and gravies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSip warmed broth as a low-calorie savory beverage or starter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutritional highlights of this product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bone broth offers a low-calorie option that delivers naturally occurring collagen protein per serving. Ingredients focus on simple, recognizable items—chicken bones, vegetables, herbs, and spices—without added preservatives or artificial colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 35 calories per cup, suitable for light snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains collagen protein from slow-simmered chicken bones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with non-GMO ingredients and no artificial flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken sourced from birds raised without antibiotics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do the resealable cartons benefit storage and use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 32-ounce units come in resealable cartons engineered for repeated openings while maintaining freshness. The packaging keeps broth easy to store in the fridge, portion without spills, and reheats quickly in the microwave or on the stovetop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable spout prevents spills and helps preserve flavor after opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarton size is portion-friendly for multiple meals or recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStackable cartons reduce pantry or fridge clutter for bulk packs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave- and stovetop-ready when transferred to an appropriate container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: SWANSON S Chicken Bone Broth is aimed at home cooks, meal preppers, and anyone seeking a low-calorie, savory base to enhance recipes or enjoy as a warming snack. It suits people who prefer simple, non-GMO ingredients and convenient packaging—especially those who want a ready-made cooking component that adds rich roasted chicken flavor without artificial preservatives. Whether you’re building comfort food, elevating weekday meals, or keeping shelf-stable broth on hand for quick use, these resealable 32-ounce cartons make it easy to add robust broth to your routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Chicken Stock, Carrots, Cabbage, Celery, Onions, Salt, Tomato Paste, Parsley, Thyme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth shelf-stable before opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The resealable cartons are shelf-stable until opened; refrigerate after opening and use within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this broth for cooking and sipping?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. It works as a low-calorie sipping broth and as a flavorful cooking base for soups, grains, and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SWANSON S","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001282023507,"sku":"B07DWHXV2X","price":179.36,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/swanson-s-chicken-bone-broth-front-carton.jpg?v=1787163497"},{"product_id":"kettle-fire-organic-turmeric-ginger-chicken-broth-6-pack-19g-protein-ready-to-drink","title":"Kettle \u0026 Fire Organic Turmeric Ginger Chicken Broth 6-Pack — 19g Protein, Ready-to-Drink","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire Organic Turmeric Ginger Chicken Broth is a ready-to-drink, savory chicken broth flavored with organic turmeric and ginger that delivers 19 grams of protein per serving in a convenient six-pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bone-broth-style chicken stock combines the warm, earthy notes of organic turmeric with bright ginger for a flavorful, protein-forward sip or cooking base. Packaged as a six-pack for easy storage and regular use, the broth works as a quick morning warm-up, a post-workout replenisher, or a flavorful foundation for recipes. The formulation focuses on a high-protein serving size while keeping the taste profile clean and aromatic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this broth fit into a quick meal or drink routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth opens the door to fast, nourishing options when time is short. It’s ready to heat and serve, or to use as a stock replacement in one-pot dishes and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e19g protein per serving helps make it more filling than plain broth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-and-serve packaging for fast preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a savory base for soups, grains, or stews.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurmeric and ginger add aromatic flavor without extra steps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and ingredients should I expect from the Turmeric Ginger variety?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a warm, slightly peppery ginger note layered with turmeric’s earthy brightness, balanced over a savory chicken base. The flavor is designed to be distinct but versatile, complementing both drinks and recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic turmeric offers gentle earthiness and color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic ginger provides a bright, warming finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken broth base delivers savory backbone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean flavor suitable for sipping or cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much broth comes in each pack and what are serving expectations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is sold as a six-pack to keep multiple servings on hand for weekly use. Each individual serving is formulated to provide 19 grams of protein, making it useful as a snack or supplement to a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold as a 6-pack for convenient rotation and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach serving contains 19g of protein to help promote satiety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serving format simplifies portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened packs in a pantry or refrigerate after opening as indicated on packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this broth in recipes, and how will it affect texture and flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis broth is intended as both a sipping broth and a culinary ingredient; it lends savory depth and turmeric-ginger notes without overpowering other components. It works well for elevating rice, grain bowls, sauces, and simple soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to rice or quinoa for a flavorful cooking liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for quick soups with vegetables or noodles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into sauces for added body and seasoning complexity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCan be sipped warm as a low-prep, protein-rich beverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Kettle \u0026amp; Fire Organic Turmeric Ginger Chicken Broth suits shoppers seeking a convenient, higher-protein broth with distinctive turmeric and ginger flavor. It fits active lifestyles that favor quick, savory options for sipping or cooking, as well as cooks who want an aromatic, protein-forward stock to enhance everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Carrots (Certified Organic Ingredients), Farro (Certified Organic Ingredients), Celery (Certified Organic Ingredients), Kale (Certified Organic Ingredients), Chicken (Certified Organic Ingredients), Tuscan Style Chicken Base (Chicken Broth, Sea Salt, White Cooking Wine [White Wine, Salt], Chicken Fat Flavor, Onion Powder, Yeast Extract, Garlic, Garlic Powder, Potato Flour, Carrot, Onion, Spices [Including Turmeric], Natural Flavor), Onions (Certified Organic Ingredients), Chicken Bone Broth (Certified Organic Ingredients) (Water, Chicken Bones (Certified Organic Ingredients), Onions (Certified Organic Ingredients), Carrots (Certified Organic Ingredients), Fennel (Certified Organic Ingredients), Leek (Certified Organic Ingredients), Apple Cider Vinegar (Certified Organic Ingredients), Thyme (Certified Organic Ingredients), Shiitake Mushrooms, Tamarind Paste, Bay Leaves (Certified Organic Ingredients)), Sea Salt, Seasoned Chicken Fat (Certified Organic Ingredients) (Chicken Fat (Certified Organic Ingredients), Onions (Certified Organic Ingredients), Carrots, Fennel (Certified Organic Ingredients), Leeks (Certified Organic Ingredients), Apple Cider Vinegar (Certified Organic Ingredients), Thyme (Certified Organic Ingredients), Shiitake Mushrooms (Certified Organic Ingredients), Tamarind Paste (Certified Organic Ingredients), Bay Leaves (Certified Organic Ingredients)), Celery Puree (Certified Organic Ingredients), Onion Puree (Certified Organic Ingredients), Carrot Puree (Certified Organic Ingredients), Xanthan Gum, Roasted Garlic Puree (Certified Organic Ingredients), Tomato Paste (Certified Organic Ingredients), Thyme (Certified Organic Ingredients), White Pepper (Certified Organic Ingredients).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each serving contains 19 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this broth ready to drink?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it’s ready to heat and serve or use as a cooking stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kettle \u0026 Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001299718227,"sku":"B07QFSFZWH","price":130.15,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kettle-and-fire-turmeric-ginger-chicken-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163999"},{"product_id":"kayanoya-dashi-stock-powder-original-japanese-dashi-30-x-8g-packets-rich-umami-for-soups-sauces","title":"Kayanoya Dashi Stock Powder — Original Japanese Dashi, 30 x 8g Packets, Rich Umami for Soups \u0026 Sauces","description":"\u003cb\u003eKayanoya Original Dashi Stock Powder is a ready-to-use Japanese fish-and-kelp broth in single-serve packets that gives rich umami to soups, noodles, stews and more.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Japan from dried skipjack tuna flakes, round herring, roasted flying fish and kombu, this dashi powder brings authentic savory depth to home cooking without long simmering. Each 8 g packet dissolves into a clear, balanced broth; it works as both a base stock and a seasoning to lift ordinary recipes with traditional Japanese flavor. The convenient 30-packet pack keeps your pantry prepared for weeknight meals, weekend projects and creative fusion dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Kayanoya dashi for everyday recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing this dashi is quick: simmer one 8 g packet in approximately 1 2\/3 cups (400 ml) of water, bring to a boil, then reduce heat briefly to finish. In only a couple of minutes you have a fragrant, savory broth ready to use as the foundation for miso soup, noodle bowls, or one-pot dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard ratio: 1 packet \/ 400 ml water for a clear stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor stronger flavor, use 1.5–2 packets per 400 ml or simmer slightly longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into sauces or dressings for instant umami without straining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafe to add directly while cooking rice, porridge, or stews for depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients create the flavor profile in this dashi?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKayanoya blends dried skipjack tuna flakes (katsuobushi), round herring, roasted flying fish and kombu to produce layered umami and a light oceanic aroma. The mix offers smoky, savory, and umami notes that are pronounced but not overpowering, making it versatile across cuisines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKatsuobushi (skipjack tuna flakes) for smoky, savory backbone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRound herring adds subtle fishy sweetness and body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted flying fish brings depth with a toasted, briny tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKombu (kelp) contributes mineral-rich umami and rounded finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich dishes benefit most from Kayanoya dashi?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis dashi is designed to elevate traditional Japanese dishes and to enhance Western recipes that need umami boost. Use it as the base for miso soup, ramen, udon, hot pot, or incorporate it into sauces, risottos, and grilled marinades for a savory lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMiso soup, clear soups, and noodle broths for authentic taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStews, hot pots and one-pot meals for immediate depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePan sauces, vinaigrettes and pasta for subtle Japanese influence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason poké bowls, rice dishes or steamed vegetables for more flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 30-packet pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30-packet format is ideal for home cooks who want a reliable supply of dashi without bulk waste. Store packets in a cool, dry place; they have a long shelf life and are portioned for easy use whenever a recipe calls for stock or seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom-temperature pantry storage; reseal box after opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets reduce waste and simplify measuring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for travel or gifting to someone who loves Japanese cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse packets individually or combine for bolder broths, depending on taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Kayanoya Original Dashi Stock Powder is suited to home cooks, busy families, and professional chefs seeking authentic Japanese umami without the time investment of traditional stock-making. It fits anyone who wants a dependable, restaurant-inspired base for soups, noodles, sauces and fusion recipes—especially useful for those learning Japanese cooking or looking to add depth to everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuthentic Japanese ingredients: skipjack tuna flakes, round herring, roasted flying fish, kombu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast preparation: ready in about two minutes of simmering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile: works as broth, seasoning, or cooking base across cuisines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient 8 g single-serve packets — 30 packets per box for consistent portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDried Skipjack Tuna, Maltodextrin, Dried Sardine Extract Powder, Yeast Extract, Salt, Soy Sauce Powder [Soy Sauce (Salt, Wheat, Defatted Soybeans, Soybean, Glucose, Wheat Protein, Rice, Alcohol), Maltodextrin], Fermented Seasoning [Fermented Seasoning (Soybean, Wheat), Starch Hydrolysate, Yeast Extract] ,Roasted Flying Fish, Dried Round Herring, Dried Kelp\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many cups of stock does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 8 g packet makes about 1 2\/3 cups (400 ml) of dashi stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this dashi in non-Japanese recipes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It adds umami to sauces, risottos, pastas, and marinades across cuisines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kayanoya","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001300766803,"sku":"B07QRX9DWL","price":114.52,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kayanoya-front-packaging_23fa2580-920b-41bf-ae01-a0d771597c7c.jpg?v=1787164049"},{"product_id":"lonolife-low-sodium-beef-bone-broth-powder-grass-fed-24-stick-packs-10g-protein","title":"LonoLife Low Sodium Beef Bone Broth Powder — Grass-Fed, 24 Stick Packs, 10g Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLonoLife Low Sodium Beef Bone Broth Powder is a portable, collagen-rich instant broth made from grass-fed beef bones, delivering 10g protein per serving with reduced sodium for keto and paleo lifestyles.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for people who want the flavor and nutrients of slow-simmered beef bone broth without the time or refrigeration, this powdered mix dissolves quickly in hot water to make a savory sipping broth or a savory base for meals. Each box contains 24 single-serve stick packs sourced from pasture-raised cattle bones and real vegetables and herbs, with no artificial colors, sweeteners, or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bone broth low sodium and still flavorful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula reduces added salt while leaning on slow-cooked beef bone extracts, roasted vegetables, and aromatic herbs to deliver savory depth. That means you get a cleaner sodium profile without sacrificing umami and richness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduced added sodium compared with standard instant broths\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted vegetable and herb blend for natural savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors, colors, or sweeteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much protein and collagen do I get per serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach single-serve stick provides 10 grams of protein that includes collagen peptides derived from grass-fed bovine bones. The protein supports daily nutrition needs and adds structure and mouthfeel to the broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 g protein per 1-serving stick pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCollagen-rich peptides included in the protein content\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick dissolving for an instant hot beverage or recipe boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these stick packs on keto, paleo, or low-sodium diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—LonoLife crafted this powder to fit keto and paleo-friendly menus while keeping sodium low. The ingredient list focuses on natural components that align with low-carb and ancestral-style eating, making it simple to add savory nourishment without lots of carbs or added sugars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarb-conscious formulation suitable for keto plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial sweeteners—compatible with paleo preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower-sodium option for those monitoring salt intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is it for travel, work, or workouts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 24 portable stick packs are designed for easy mixing in a mug or shaker, so you can enjoy warm broth at work, after exercise, or while traveling. They rehydrate quickly and require only hot water, making them a practical on-the-go nourishment option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve stick packs for measured, mess-free use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast dissolving—ready in moments with hot water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact box fits gym bags, backpacks, and kitchen drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? LonoLife Low Sodium Beef Bone Broth Powder is aimed at anyone seeking the convenience of instant bone broth—busy professionals, athletes, folks following keto or paleo regimens, and those who prefer lower-sodium alternatives. If you want a savory, protein-forward sipping broth or a quick flavor base for soups and recipes without artificial additives, these grass-fed stick packs provide a portable solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ebeef collagen, chicory root, dried beef, yeast extract, sea salt, natural flavors, potassium salt, black pepper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I prepare a stick pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Tear open a stick, add to 8–10 oz hot water, stir until dissolved. Adjust water for thicker or lighter broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product gluten free and free of artificial additives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it contains no artificial colors, preservatives, or sweeteners and is formulated without gluten-containing ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"LonoLife","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001302732883,"sku":"B07R5QFPBG","price":140.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lonolife-front-packaging-low-sodium-bone-broth.jpg?v=1787164067"},{"product_id":"yamasan-kyoto-uji-umami-dashi-stock-packets-8g-x30-kyoto-style-bonito-kombu-shiitake-broth-sachets","title":"YAMASAN KYOTO UJI Umami Dashi Stock Packets 8g x30 — Kyoto-style bonito, kombu \u0026 shiitake broth sachets","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYAMASAN KYOTO UJI Umami Dashi Stock Packets are single-serve 8g sachets of traditional Japanese dashi made from a blend of bonito, kelp, shiitake, and tea for an immediate, savory soup base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis dashi pack brings a compact, pantry-ready version of Kyoto-style umami to home kitchens. Each box contains thirty 8g packets formulated from eight premium Japanese ingredients including dried bonito, kombu, shiitake and gyokuro tea — crafted to produce a layered, savory broth without long preparation or artificial flavoring. Made in Kyoto, these sachets are designed for convenience: boil one packet in 600 ml water for a quick soup base, or open and use the powder as a seasoning for more intense flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare this dashi quickly for weeknight meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation takes three simple steps and under five minutes active time. Boil water, add one packet, simmer briefly, and remove the sachet for a clean broth ready to use in soups, stews or noodle dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStep 1: Boil 600 ml water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStep 2: Add one 8g packet and simmer 2–3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStep 3: Remove sachet; use broth for miso, ramen, or hot pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTip: Open packet and sprinkle powder for stronger seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and ingredients create its umami profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis dashi blends fish, seaweed, mushroom and tea elements for a deep, multi-layered taste characteristic of Japanese cuisine. Ingredients include dried bonito (tuna), kelp (kombu), shiitake mushrooms, gyokuro and hojicha teas, plus a small amount of soy sauce powder and natural yeast extract for rounded savory notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDried bonito flakes and sardine\/ herring extracts for savory depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKombu (kelp) provides mineral-rich ocean umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShiitake and green teas add savory, earthy, and slightly smoky notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavor enhancers listed; contains wheat, soy, fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich dishes benefit most from this dashi stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts versatility makes it suitable for classic and modern dishes alike. Use it as a base for miso soup, simmered vegetables, ramen, udon, hot pots, sauces, or to add umami to rice and grilled proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMiso soup base: one packet per 600 ml water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRamen and udon broths: layer with aromatics and tare\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStews and simmered dishes: deepen flavor without extra prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinishing seasoning: sprinkle powder for concentrated taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, busy families, and anyone curious about genuine Japanese flavors will appreciate these ready-to-use dashi packets. They suit cooks who want authentic Kyoto-style umami without time-consuming stock-making, plus chefs and foodies seeking a dependable pantry staple for everyday meals, meal prep, and entertaining. Keep a box by the stove for fast, reliable flavor whenever you need a savory lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients：Salt, Sugar, Dried Tuna(Bonito), Baker’s Yeast Extract, Dextrin, Kelp, Gyokuro Green Tea, Hojicha Green Tea, Dried Sardine Extract, Dried Herring, Dried Flyingfish, Soy Sauce Powder【Soy Sauce(Water,　Soybeans, Salt, Wheat), Dextrin, Salt】, Shiitake Mushrooms, Rapeseed Oil Contains : Wheat, Soybean, Fish(Tuna, Sardine, Herring, Flyingfish)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sachets are in one box and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One box contains 30 sachets, each weighing 8g, suitable for about 600 ml of broth per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the powder directly as a seasoning?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — opening the sachet lets you sprinkle powder for a stronger, concentrated umami seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"YAMASAN KYOTO UJI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001330421843,"sku":"B08B3B5GXY","price":106.4,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/yamasan-kyoto-uji-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787164929"},{"product_id":"snows-manhattan-clam-chowder-15-oz-cans-12-pack-ready-to-serve-tomato-based-11g-protein","title":"Snow's Manhattan Clam Chowder - 15 oz Cans, 12-Pack | Ready-to-Serve Tomato-Based, 11g Protein","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSnow's Manhattan Clam Chowder is a ready-to-serve, tomato-based clam soup made with fresh clams, vegetables and herbs for a classic East Coast flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a piece of New England tradition to your pantry with Snow's Manhattan Clam Chowder. Packed in 15-ounce cans and sold as a convenient 12-can pack, this chowder blends clams, carrots, bell peppers and seasonings in a bright tomato broth. Each serving delivers a solid protein boost while offering a quick, shelf-stable option for weeknight dinners, lunch, or seafood-forward recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients give this chowder its Manhattan style?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manhattan style is defined by a clear tomato base rather than a creamy broth. Snow's combines diced tomatoes and aromatic herbs with bite-sized clams and diced vegetables to recreate that tangy, vegetable-forward profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFresh clams for authentic seafood flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiced carrots and red bell peppers for texture and color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTomato-based broth seasoned with herbs and spices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-heat canned format for pantry convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to serve or use in recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery easy—this chowder is fully cooked and ready to heat. It warms on the stovetop or in the microwave in minutes, and it also adapts well as a component in casseroles, seafood stews, or over rice for a quick meal upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat directly in a saucepan or microwave-safe bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for seafood pasta, rice bowls, or chowder-based sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12-pack keeps multiple meals on hand or supplies for gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow nutritious is Snow's Manhattan Clam Chowder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving supplies a meaningful portion of protein, helping make it a satisfying meal choice. The tomato base brings vitamin-rich ingredients and the clams add lean seafood protein, while canned format offers long shelf life for quick nutrition whenever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides 11 grams of protein per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetable ingredients add natural vitamins and fiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient single-can servings for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sustainability commitments does the brand follow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow's is part of a global seafood network and emphasizes responsible sourcing. The company supports sustainable fishing practices and works with certification programs to help protect ocean health and fishing communities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarine Stewardship Council (MSC) certified sourcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdvocacy for responsible fishing and fisher communities\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTraceability and stewardship practices in seafood supply chains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this product is for: Snow's Manhattan Clam Chowder in a 12-pack is ideal for clam and seafood lovers who want a reliable, shelf-stable meal option. It suits busy households, meal prep fans, small caterers, or anyone stocking a pantry for quick dinners. Choose this pack if you value classic New England flavors, protein-rich convenience, and a brand with sustainability commitments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoybean Oil, Clam Juice (Water, Clam Juice Concentrate), Fresh Clams, Carrots, Dehydrated Potatoes, Tomato Paste, 2% Or Less Of Red Bell Peppers, Tomatoes In Tomato Juice (Bleached Wheat Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Modified Corn Starch, Celery, Salt , Dehydrated Onion, Sugar, Yeast Extract, Olive Oil, Spices, Extractives Of Paprika (Color), Granulated Garlic, Natural Flavors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Snow's Manhattan Clam Chowder fully cooked?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the chowder is pre-cooked and only requires heating on the stove or in the microwave before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product use sustainably sourced clams?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Snow's supports sustainable fishing and carries Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) certification for responsible sourcing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Snow's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001337892947,"sku":"B08LMRG44R","price":166.19,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/snows-manhattan-clam-chowder-front-can.jpg?v=1787165205"},{"product_id":"paleo-pro-carnivore-complete-protein-powder-cacao-beef-collagen-organ-blend-egg-white-keto-low-carb","title":"Paleo Pro Carnivore Complete Protein Powder Cacao — Beef Collagen, Organ Blend \u0026 Egg White, Keto Low‑Carb","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaleo Pro Carnivore Complete Protein Powder (Cacao) is an animal-only protein blend combining grass-fed beef collagen, pasture-raised beef organs, tallow, and cage-free egg white protein for a compact, low-carb nutrition option.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis powder is formulated to deliver nose-to-tail animal nutrition in a single-serving scoopable format. With real cocoa and monk fruit for natural chocolate flavor, it supports keto and ancestral-style eating by prioritizing protein, healthy fats, and organ-derived nutrients while avoiding sugars, dairy, grains, and soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this blend different from a standard whey or plant protein?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePaleo Pro focuses exclusively on animal-sourced ingredients rather than dairy or plant isolates. The formula pairs collagen-rich beef protein with whole beef organs and egg white for a broader amino acid and nutrient profile that emphasizes connective tissue support and satiating fats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrass-fed beef collagen plus pasture-raised beef organs for varied amino acids\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCage-free egg white protein to add bioavailable protein without lactose\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePastured beef tallow provides stable, animal-based fats for keto macros\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar, 0g net carbs — suitable for low-carb diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it fit into a keto or low-carb eating plan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving is designed to keep carbs at zero while delivering 13 g protein\/collagen and 13 g healthy fats, offering a compact 130-calorie option. That macronutrient split makes this powder useful as a meal replacement, post-workout refuel, or convenient snack when you need quick animal-based fuel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e130 calories per serving with balanced protein and fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar and 0 g net carbs for strict keto compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 15 servings per bag, roughly 1 oz (≈2 tbsp) per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes with water for rapid, no-fuss preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it taste and mix—can it replace a regular chocolate shake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cacao variety uses real cocoa and monk fruit to deliver a rich, naturally sweetened chocolate flavor that blends smoothly. It works well stirred into water, coffee, or blended into smoothies, and can be used in low-carb baking for added protein and organ nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural cacao powder for authentic chocolate notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMonk fruit sweetener keeps sweetness without calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth mixing—no dairy or soy to cause separation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso suitable for recipes: shakes, coffee, and baking additions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this powder day-to-day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse one serving daily as a quick meal, snack, or recovery drink—add to water for a portable protein option or blend into a shake for extra texture. The concentrated serving size is useful for travel, gym bags, or busy mornings when whole-food meals aren’t available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into 8–12 oz water or blend with ice for a shake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to coffee for a protein-rich morning beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in low-carb recipes or baking as a nutrition boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep a scoop in your gym bag or travel kit for fast nourishment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Paleo Pro Carnivore Complete Protein Powder (Cacao) is aimed at people following carnivore, paleo, or ketogenic approaches who want a compact nose-to-tail animal protein option. It also appeals to active individuals seeking convenient, dairy-free protein and those curious about organ-based nutrition without preparing whole organs. It is not intended for children or those with allergies to egg or beef; always review ingredient lists if you have specific dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeef Tallow, Beef Bone Broth Powder, Egg White Protein, Cocoa Powder and\/or Natural Flavors, Powdered Beef Organ Blend (Liver, Kidney, Heart, Spleen, Pancreas), Monk Fruit Extract, Sunflower Lecithin. CONTAINS: EGG. HANDLED in a facility that also processes milk, soy, tree nut \u0026amp; wheat ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this powder dairy-free and keto-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It contains no dairy, no sugar, and 0 g net carbs per serving, making it suitable for ketogenic and dairy-free diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in a bag and what is the serving size?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bag supplies about 15 servings. A typical serving is roughly 1 oz (≈2 tablespoons), mixed with water or used in recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Paleo Pro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001376067667,"sku":"B095PMFFPT","price":117.3,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/paleo-pro-carnivore-complete-front-packaging_8b6dacb1-f550-478b-8636-402fd5e67851.jpg?v=1787165533"},{"product_id":"fond-nourish-delight-pasture-raised-chicken-bone-broth-organic-lemon-garlic-4-pack-slow-simmered-gelatinous-broth","title":"FOND NOURISH DELIGHT Pasture-Raised Chicken Bone Broth — Organic Lemon \u0026 Garlic 4-Pack, Slow-Simmered Gelatinous Broth","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOND Pasture-Raised Chicken Bone Broth in Organic Lemon \u0026amp; Garlic is a slow-simmered, ready-to-use broth made from pasture-raised chicken bones with bright citrus and savory garlic notes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4-pack delivers a shelf-ready, chef-style bone broth crafted the traditional way: no concentrates, no powders, and no shortcuts. Each batch steeps for over 18 hours with a 1:1 bone-to-water ratio, producing a naturally rich, gelatinous broth that works equally well as a warm sipping tonic or as a flavorful foundation for soups, sauces, grains, and braises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the lemon \u0026amp; garlic flavor change the broth’s use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe organic lemon and garlic add a clean, bright lift to classic chicken bone broth, making it more versatile for light soups and Mediterranean-style dishes. The citrus cuts through richness while garlic deepens savory notes without overpowering delicate ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrightens brothy soups and vegetable-forward dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds freshness to grain bowls and risottos\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances sauces, marinades, and light pan sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bone broth different from stock or concentrates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFOND uses whole, pasture-raised chicken bones slow-simmered over 18 hours at a 1:1 ratio, not concentrates or powders. The result is a full-bodied liquid that naturally gels when chilled, reflecting concentrated collagen and savory depth you’d expect from a homemade stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNever from concentrate—real bones and long simmering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural gel when cooled indicates collagen and richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean ingredient profile suited to paleo, keto, Whole30, and low-carb diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I cook with this broth to get the most flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse FOND lemon \u0026amp; garlic broth as a flavorful base for soups, stews, ramen, and braises or to enrich grains like rice and quinoa. It also works as a finishing liquid for sautéed vegetables and pan sauces where you want bright, rounded flavor without added fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace water for cooking grains or beans for immediate flavor boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeglaze pans for quick, flavorful sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm and sip as a restorative, low-carb beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat quality and sustainability commitments does FOND make?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFOND is a verified regenerative bone broth brand made in the USA, emphasizing responsible sourcing and artisan techniques. The brand focuses on traceable, pasture-raised bones and slow-cooking methods that capture natural nutrients and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from pasture-raised chicken bones for better animal welfare\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered tradition retains nutrients and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVerified regenerative practices and U.S.-based production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 4-pack suits home cooks and wellness-minded shoppers who want a convenient, high-quality bone broth with a bright lemon-and-garlic profile. It’s ideal for people following low-carb or elimination diets, busy cooks who prefer ready-to-use chef-grade ingredients, and anyone seeking a shelf-stable, nutrient-forward broth to elevate everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINGREDIENTS: CHICKEN BONE BROTH (WATER, CHICKEN BONES, SEA SALT), *CARROTS, *ONIONS, *LEMON JUICE, *CELERY, SEA SALT, *RED RADISHES, *GREEN ONIONS, *GARLIC. *DENOTES ORGANIC INGREDIENTS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth ready to drink?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It’s fully cooked and ready to heat and sip or use directly in recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does it contain additives or concentrates?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. FOND is slow-simmered from real bones with no concentrates, powders, or artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"FOND NOURISH DELIGHT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001381277779,"sku":"B09BDMWLW7","price":152.51,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fond-chicken-bone-broth-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787165683"},{"product_id":"fond-nourish-delight-pasture-raised-chicken-bone-broth-shiitake-sage-4-pack-slow-simmered-gel-ready-richness","title":"FOND NOURISH DELIGHT Pasture-Raised Chicken Bone Broth Shiitake \u0026 Sage 4-Pack — Slow-Simmered, Gel-Ready Richness","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOND Pasture-Raised Chicken Bone Broth with Shiitake \u0026amp; Sage is a slow-simmered, pasture-raised chicken stock infused with organic shiitake mushrooms and sage, sold in a convenient 4-pack for sipping or cooking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bone broth blends the deep, savory character of long-simmered chicken bones with earthy shiitake and a hint of sage. Crafted the traditional way—never from concentrate—each batch is cooked over 18 hours using a 1:1 bone-to-water ratio so the broth naturally gels when chilled. Packaged as a four-unit set, it’s ready to enrich recipes, deliver a nourishing warm beverage, or act as a flavorful base in everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this FOND broth different from other chicken broths?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFOND emphasizes pasture-raised chicken bones, a full traditional simmer, and whole-food ingredients rather than powders or concentrates. The inclusion of organic shiitake mushrooms and sage adds depth and umami, making it both a sipping broth and a culinary building block.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered 18+ hours for full flavor and natural gelation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1:1 chicken bone-to-water ratio for concentrated richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInfused with organic shiitake and sage—no artificial flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA with verified regenerative sourcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this shiitake \u0026amp; sage bone broth in cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis broth is versatile: use it as a base for soups, stews, ramen, and sauces, or simply pour a warm cup for sipping. Because it’s rich and layered, a small amount can elevate grains, braises, and vegetable dishes without overpowering them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace water with broth for rice, quinoa, or risotto for extra flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as the liquid in noodle soups, pho, or miso bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to pan sauces and gravies to deepen savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSip warm as a satisfying, low-carb beverage between meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for special diets or daily nutrition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFOND chicken bone broth is zero-carbohydrate and supports low-carb, keto, paleo, and Whole30-style eating patterns. It contributes protein, collagen, and amino acids as part of a balanced diet, but it is not a medical treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero carbs—fits keto and low-carb plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains naturally derived protein and collagen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and free from powders or concentrates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for sipping or using as a nutritious cooking liquid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and reheat the 4-pack for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened cartons or jars in a cool, dry place; refrigerate after opening and use within a few days for freshness. To reheat, warm on the stovetop or in a microwave-safe container until steaming, stirring occasionally to restore smooth texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom-temperature storage until opened—check package instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate after opening and consume within suggested days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReheat gently to preserve flavor—avoid boiling aggressively\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChilled broth will gel naturally; gently reheat to liquefy before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This FOND Pasture-Raised Chicken Bone Broth with Shiitake \u0026amp; Sage is made for home cooks, busy professionals, and anyone seeking a clean, flavorful stock to enhance meals or enjoy as a warming, low-carb beverage. It suits people who value sustainably sourced ingredients, traditional cooking techniques, and a ready-to-use product that elevates everyday dishes. If you want a pantry-ready, nutrient-forward broth that brings umami and warmth to recipes without shortcuts, this four-pack offers convenience and consistent quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCHICKEN BONE BROTH (WATER, CHICKEN BONES, SEA SALT), *SHIITAKE MUSHROOMS, *CARROTS, *CELERY, SEA SALT, *LEMON JUICE, *SHALLOTS, *SAGE. *DENOTES ORGANIC INGREDIENTS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the broth shelf-stable before opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—unopened cartons are shelf-stable; refrigerate after opening and use within the package’s recommended timeframe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this contain added preservatives or concentrates?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—this FOND broth is made traditionally without concentrates or artificial preservatives, using whole ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"FOND NOURISH DELIGHT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001381507155,"sku":"B09BDP78F8","price":152.51,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fond-front-packaging-4pack.jpg?v=1787165688"},{"product_id":"amys-vegan-tortilla-soup-12-pack-14-2-oz-organic-gluten-free-ready-to-heat","title":"Amy's Vegan Tortilla Soup, 12-Pack (14.2 oz) — Organic, Gluten-Free Ready-to-Heat","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmy's Organic Vegan Tortilla Soup is a ready-to-heat, plant-based canned soup blending sun-ripened tomatoes, corn masa, black beans and fire-roasted sweet potatoes for a flavorful, gluten-free meal.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis twelve-can pack offers pantry-ready bowls of Amy’s take on a Mexican-inspired tortilla soup, made from USDA-certified organic ingredients and formulated to fit vegan, dairy-free, gluten-free and kosher diets. Each 14.2-ounce can delivers a balanced mix of vegetables, spices and corn masa to create a thick, comforting broth that heats quickly on the stove or in a microwave. The soup’s label highlights non-GMO ingredients and simple preparation, making it a convenient choice for weeknight dinners, work lunches or keeping a steady supply of plant-based meals at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients give this tortilla soup its signature flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmy’s recipe layers organic sun-ripened tomatoes with roasted sweet potatoes, bell peppers and black beans, finished with corn masa and savory spices. The combination produces a mildly smoky, slightly sweet profile with a smooth texture from the masa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA-Certified Organic tomatoes and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCorn masa for traditional tortilla thickness and body\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack beans and roasted sweet potatoes for texture and natural sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoning blend that lends a warm, mildly smoky finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quick and easy is Amy’s tortilla soup to prepare?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis soup is designed for fast, fuss-free heating. You can microwave a single serving in about two minutes or warm a can on the stovetop while stirring until hot, making it a practical option when time is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: pour into a microwave-safe bowl and heat for about 2 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: simmer in a saucepan, stirring occasionally until hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-eat base that pairs with simple toppings like avocado or chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition and dietary features should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmy’s Tortilla Soup is crafted to meet several dietary preferences: it’s vegan, dairy-free, gluten-free, and certified kosher. Each serving supplies plant-based protein and fiber, supporting a filling meal without animal products or common allergens like tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 5 g plant-based protein per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 5 g fiber per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO and USDA-Certified Organic ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from dairy, lactose, tree nuts and meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I customize or serve this soup for different meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmy’s tortilla soup is a versatile base that takes well to quick additions for heartier or more textured meals. Toss in fresh toppings, cooked grains or roasted vegetables to change the portion size and flavor profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd fresh cilantro, avocado slices, lime juice or shredded lettuce for brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in cooked brown rice, quinoa or shredded vegan cheese for extra substance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with tortilla strips or crushed chips for crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpoon into a bowl with a side salad for a balanced lunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Amy's Organic Vegan Tortilla Soup suits anyone looking for a convenient, plant-based canned meal that adheres to vegan, gluten-free and kosher diets. It's ideal for busy households, people stocking emergency pantry items, office lunches, or anyone who prefers certified organic, non-GMO ingredients with simple preparation and flexible serving options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFILTERED WATER, ORGANIC ONIONS, ORGANIC FIRE ROASTED SWEET POTATOES, ORGANIC DICED TOMATOES, ORGANIC TOMATO PUREE, ORGANIC CELERY, ORGANIC BLACK BEANS, ORGANIC CORN, ORGANIC BELL PEPPERS, ORGANIC HIGH OLEIC SAFFLOWER AND\/OR SUNFLOWER OIL, ORGANIC CORN MASA (ORGANIC STONE-GROUND CORN FLOUR, TRACE OF LIME), ORGANIC GREEN CHILES, SEA SALT, ORGANIC SPICES, ORGANIC BLACK PEPPER, ORGANIC CILANTRO.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Amy's Tortilla Soup gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Amy's Organic Tortilla Soup is labeled gluten free and uses corn masa instead of wheat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does a can last after opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Refrigerate leftover soup and use within 3–4 days; reheat thoroughly before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Amy's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001388486739,"sku":"B09NS229JR","price":169.44,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/amys-tortilla-soup-front-can.jpg?v=1787165970"},{"product_id":"brite-start-beef-mushrooms-bone-broth-singles-12-ct-concentrate-16g-collagen-20g-protein","title":"Brite Start Beef + Mushrooms Bone Broth Singles — 12 ct Concentrate, 16g Collagen 20g Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrite Start Beef + Mushrooms bone broth single-serve packets deliver a concentrated, ready-to-mix beef bone broth with porcini, shiitake and lion’s mane for a savory, protein- and collagen-rich cup anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a shelf-stable, on-the-go alternative to powdered mixes or canned broths, these single-serve sticks are formulated to rehydrate quickly into a rich bone broth. Each packet is crafted from grass-fed beef bones slow-simmered and blended with three mushroom varieties to add earthy umami and plant-derived character. The product emphasizes high protein and collagen per serving and fits low-carb and keto-friendly routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this beef mushroom bone broth different from regular broth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is a concentrated liquid-style bone broth in single-serve packets rather than a typical powder. It focuses on delivering higher grams of protein and collagen per serving and incorporates a mix of porcini, shiitake and lion’s mane mushrooms for flavor and texture complexity. The broth is designed for quick preparation without refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcentrate format packed into single-serve sticks for portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 g collagen and 20 g protein per serving for higher protein density\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend of three mushroom varieties for layered umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from slow-simmered grass-fed beef bones, no refrigeration needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a single packet while traveling or at work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is simple and fast: empty the packet into a mug, add about 8 ounces (240 ml) of hot water, stir until fully dissolved, and enjoy. No extra tools or long cook times are required, which makes it practical for office breaks, hotel rooms, or outdoor days. The concentrate reconstitutes to a full-flavor broth with a short wait time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 8 oz hot water and stir for a ready cup in under a minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with insulated mugs, travel kettles, or hot-water dispensers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration or reheating appliances necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this bone broth suitable for specialized diets like keto or paleo?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the formulation is low in carbohydrates and designed to fit keto, paleo, and many low-carb eating patterns. It provides substantial protein to help you feel satisfied between meals while keeping calorie and carb counts modest. The ingredient profile avoids common allergens such as dairy and gluten, and excludes artificial fillers and preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeto- and paleo-friendly composition with low carbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo dairy, gluten, artificial fillers, or preservatives listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from grass-fed beef bones and non-GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these packets beyond drinking a cup of broth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle-serve broth packets are versatile: use them as a savory base for quick soups, to deglaze a skillet, or to add depth to sauces and grains. They can also be mixed into smoothies or post-workout drinks for added protein and collagen. Their concentrated format makes portioning simple for cooking or meal prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into instant soups, noodles, or grain bowls for extra flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a stock substitute when sautéing or finishing sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to shakes or recovery drinks to increase protein and collagen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Brite Start Beef + Mushrooms bone broth packets are aimed at busy professionals, travelers, fitness enthusiasts, and anyone seeking a convenient, higher-protein savory beverage or cooking base without refrigeration. Choose this 12-count when you want portable, nutrient-dense servings with the added umami of porcini, shiitake, and lion’s mane mushrooms, produced from slow-simmered grass-fed beef bones for a richer, concentrated broth experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many grams of protein and collagen are in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each single-serve packet provides 20 grams of protein and 16 grams of collagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these packets need refrigeration?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the concentrate packets are shelf-stable and require no refrigeration before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brite Start","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001388683347,"sku":"B09PVQVHX8","price":131.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brite-start-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787165965"},{"product_id":"brite-start-bone-broth-chicken-ginger-turmeric-12-single-serve-packets-16g-collagen-20g-protein","title":"Brite Start Bone Broth Chicken + Ginger \u0026 Turmeric – 12 Single-Serve Packets, 16g Collagen \u0026 20g Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrite Start Bone Broth Chicken + Ginger \u0026amp; Turmeric single-serve concentrate delivers a ready-to-mix, high-collagen, high-protein bone broth in portable packets for quick hot or warm cups anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis chicken bone broth combines ginger and turmeric with a concentrated slow-simmered stock made from free-range chicken bones. Packaged as single-serve, shelf-stable packets, each serving mixes with hot water to yield a savory, nutrient-dense broth that fits keto, paleo, and Whole30-style eating. The formula emphasizes protein and collagen — 20 grams of protein and 16 grams of collagen per serving — and is free of dairy, gluten, GMOs, fillers, artificial colors, and preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s actually in each single-serve packet and how do I prepare it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet contains a concentrated chicken bone broth base with ginger, turmeric, vegetables, herbs, and spices. To prepare, add one packet to 8 ounces of hot water, stir until dissolved, and drink warm. No refrigeration required for unopened packets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 g collagen and 20 g protein per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered from free-range chicken bones (18 hours)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJust add 8 oz hot water; ready in under a minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable single-serve packets for travel or work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this fit into specific diets like keto, paleo, or intermittent fasting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrite Start Bone Broth is formulated to be low in carbohydrates and calories while providing substantial protein, making it compatible with keto and paleo plans and useful as a filling option during fasting windows. Its simple ingredient list keeps it aligned with Whole30-style guidelines when used as a broth or savory beverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeto-friendly macros: low carbs, higher protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaleo and Whole30-friendly ingredients, no dairy or gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSatisfying warm option between meals or after workouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps curb hunger with 20 g protein per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Brite Start’s chicken bone broth made and sourced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth is produced by slow-simmering free-range chicken bones with vegetables and seasonings, then concentrating and packaging the finished broth into single-serve packets. The brand emphasizes responsible sourcing and avoids antibiotics and added hormones in ingredient selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree-range chicken bones, humanely raised where possible\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-hour slow-simmer process to extract flavor and nutrients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo antibiotics, hormones, artificial preservatives, or fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients and simple seasoning profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this chicken, ginger \u0026amp; turmeric flavor beyond sipping as a drink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis concentrated broth is versatile: pour it over cooked rice or steamed vegetables, use it to deglaze a pan, or mix into soups and sauces for an extra savory boost. The ginger and turmeric add a warm, slightly spicy profile that complements many recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into grains, vegetables, or quick soups for added depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a low-calorie cooking liquid for grains and proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to sauces or marinades for savory, spiced notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion control: single-serve packets simplify recipe scaling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Brite Start Bone Broth Chicken + Ginger \u0026amp; Turmeric is suited for people wanting convenient, shelf-stable bone broth with a high collagen and protein yield — travelers, busy professionals, athletes, and anyone following low-carb or elimination-style diets who prefers a savory, ready-mix option. If you need a portable, no-fuss broth to sip, cook with, or use as a filling snack between meals, this single-serve pack fits neatly into meal prep and on-the-go routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories and carbs are in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each serving is low in calories and carbohydrates; check package nutrition facts for exact numbers per flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to refrigerate unopened packets?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, unopened single-serve packets are shelf-stable and do not require refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brite Start","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001388781651,"sku":"B09PVPV5F1","price":131.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brite-start-chicken-ginger-turmeric-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787165969"},{"product_id":"gourmend-organic-unsalted-chicken-bone-broth-16-9oz-6-pack-low-fodmap-slow-simmered-filler-free","title":"Gourmend Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth 16.9oz (6 Pack) – Low FODMAP, Slow-Simmered \u0026 Filler-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGourmend Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth is a slow-simmered, low-FODMAP, filler-free broth made from free-range chicken bones and gentle vegetables for pure savory flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis unsalted 16.9oz bone broth comes in a convenient six-pack and is crafted to deliver rich, clean chicken taste without onion or garlic bulbs, added salt, fillers, or preservatives. Simmered 16+ hours using certified humane poultry and organic produce—including the green tops of leeks and scallions—the recipe aims to maximize depth of flavor while remaining gentle on sensitive digestion. Low FODMAP certification means it was formulated and tested to minimize common fermentable carbohydrates that can trigger IBS symptoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this chicken bone broth deliver flavor without onions or garlic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGourmend builds savory complexity through long, slow simmering and aromatic, low-FODMAP ingredients. Using leek and scallion tops, roasted bones, and time allows natural amino acids and gelatin to develop, producing a rich mouthfeel and umami notes without traditional onion or garlic bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16+ hour simmer draws collagen and amino acids from bones\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeek and scallion tops provide mild aromatic depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors, yeast extracts, or stabilizers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsalted base lets you control seasoning in recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes it low FODMAP and suitable for sensitive stomachs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis broth uses only ingredients known to be low in fermentable oligosaccharides, disaccharides, monosaccharides and polyols and has been certified to reduce the likelihood of triggering digestive distress. The recipe avoids common high-FODMAP culprits like onion and garlic bulbs, while still maintaining savory taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow FODMAP certified through testing protocols\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes gentle vegetables such as leek and scallion greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugars, maltodextrin, or hidden carbohydrate fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsalted to let users manage sodium intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this unsalted chicken bone broth in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe neutral, unsalted profile makes it a versatile building block for many dishes: use it as a base for soups, to deglaze pans, enrich risottos, or as a simple sipping broth. The concentrated savory notes enhance recipes without overpowering other ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoup base: add vegetables, proteins, and herbs to finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooking grains: replace water for more flavorful rice or quinoa\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSauces and gravies: reduce with aromatics and a touch of fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEveryday sipping: warm and season lightly for a comforting drink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this broth over mass-market alternatives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGourmend focuses on ingredient transparency and humane sourcing rather than cheap fillers or flavor shortcuts. The product avoids preservatives, stabilizers, and ambiguous \"natural flavors,\" offering a clean label and traceable choices for ethically minded shoppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified humane poultry with cage-free handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic vegetables and bones; no preservatives or additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsalted and filler-free for full recipe flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in a convenient 16.9oz size, sold as a six-pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Gourmend Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth is designed for people who want authentic, slow-simmered chicken flavor without common digestive triggers, extra salt, or hidden additives. It suits those following low-FODMAP guidance, anyone managing sodium by choice, home cooks seeking a clean cooking stock, and shoppers prioritizing organic, humanely raised ingredients. It is not formulated for pet consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Organic Chicken Bones, Organic Scallion Green Tops, Organic Carrots, Organic Celery, Organic Leek Green Tops, Organic Chives, Organic Parsley\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth flavored with onion or garlic?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—Gourmend uses leek and scallion tops instead of onion or garlic bulbs, making it low-FODMAP and gentler on digestion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the broth contain added salt or preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The product is unsalted and free from preservatives, fillers, maltodextrin, and artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Gourmend","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001407230035,"sku":"B0B6GMSVV1","price":154.73,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/gourmend-front-packaging-6pack.jpg?v=1787166351"},{"product_id":"gourmend-organic-unsalted-chicken-bone-broth-16-9oz-pack-of-12-7-ingredient-low-fodmap-no-onion-garlic","title":"Gourmend Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth 16.9oz (Pack of 12) — 7-Ingredient, Low FODMAP, No Onion\/Garlic","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGourmend Organic Unsalted Chicken Bone Broth is a clean, slow-simmered, low-FODMAP culinary broth made from free-range chicken bones and seven organic ingredients—sold in a convenient 16.9oz pack of 12.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis unsalted chicken bone broth is crafted to deliver deep, savory flavor without onion bulbs, garlic, fillers, or artificial additives. Simmered for 16+ hours from humane, pasture-raised chickens and select vegetables like leek tops and scallions, the result is an aromatic, versatile broth you can sip on its own, use as a cooking base, or incorporate into sauces and grain dishes. Because it’s Low FODMAP certified and free from stabilizers and maltodextrin, it’s designed for cooks who want a simple, transparent ingredient list and dependable flavor every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Gourmend’s chicken bone broth different from others?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis broth focuses on minimal, traceable ingredients and a slow simmer to concentrate natural taste without relying on onion or garlic bulb flavors. It is certified Low FODMAP and contains no added salt, preservatives, or flavor enhancers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeven organic ingredients only, clearly labeled\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16+ hour gentle simmer for depth and body\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo fillers, yeast extracts, or maltodextrin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow FODMAP certification for digestive-sensitive diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this unsalted bone broth in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe neutral, unsalted profile makes it a flexible liquid for recipes that need precise seasoning. Use it to deglaze pans, cook grains, create lighter soups, or enrich sauces where you want control over final salt and spice levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSautéed vegetables deglazed with broth for added depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute water when cooking rice, quinoa, or lentils\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase for clear soups, blended bisques, and risottos\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduce into pan sauces or braises for concentrated flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this bone broth suitable for people managing digestive sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGourmend’s broth is Low FODMAP certified and avoids common triggers like onion and garlic bulbs, making it a suitable pantry staple for many managing IBS or similar sensitivities. It is unsalted to give you control over sodium intake and to pair safely with other diet needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated without onion and garlic bulbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow FODMAP certification supports sensitive stomachs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsalted for individualized seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree of preservatives and uncommon additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the poultry sourced and why does it matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGourmend uses certified humane, free-range chickens raised on a vegetarian diet with access to fresh water. Responsible sourcing influences both ingredient quality and the final flavor profile, contributing to a cleaner-tasting broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified humane, cage-free poultry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-fed chickens for consistent meat quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTraceable ingredient sourcing and organic produce\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow simmer process to extract natural richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks and food professionals who want a pure, versatile chicken bone broth without hidden ingredients, people following Low FODMAP or low-sodium approaches, and anyone seeking a reliable pantry base for soups, sauces, grains, and braises. This pack of twelve 16.9oz containers suits households that use broth regularly or kitchens that value ingredient transparency and humane sourcing. Not intended for pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Organic Chicken Bones, Organic Scallion Green Tops, Organic Carrots, Organic Celery, Organic Leek Green Tops, Organic Chives, Organic Parsley\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Gourmend chicken bone broth low in FODMAPs?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This product is Low FODMAP certified and avoids onion and garlic bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the broth contain added salt or preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. It is unsalted and contains no preservatives, fillers, or flavor enhancers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Gourmend","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001409785939,"sku":"B0B84JHV89","price":288.07,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/gourmend-front-packaging-16oz.jpg?v=1787166370"},{"product_id":"pacific-foods-organic-chicken-noodle-soup-12-pack-16-1-oz-ready-to-heat-protein-rich","title":"Pacific Foods Organic Chicken Noodle Soup, 12-Pack (16.1 oz) — Ready-to-Heat, Protein-Rich","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacific Foods Organic Chicken Noodle Soup is a ready-to-heat, USDA Organic canned soup made with tender organic chicken, egg noodles, vegetables, and a balanced seasoning blend.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12-can pack (16.1 oz each) delivers a comforting, shelf-stable option for quick meals, packed lunches, or pantry-ready family dinners. Crafted from non-GMO ingredients, the recipe avoids artificial colors, artificial flavors, high-fructose corn syrup, and MSG. Each can supplies a substantial protein boost and reheats easily on the stovetop or in the microwave, making it a convenient base for customization or a simple one-bowl meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients are inside this organic chicken noodle soup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe soup combines USDA Certified Organic chicken with a clear chicken broth, egg noodles, and a selection of garden vegetables. Seasonings are blended to enhance but not overpower the natural flavors, and all ingredients follow non-GMO standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTender organic chicken and protein-rich broth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic egg noodles for comforting texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarrots, celery, and other garden vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, MSG, or high-fructose corn syrup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare and serve these soups quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward: pour the contents into a saucepan to heat gently, or transfer to a microwave-safe bowl and warm until steaming. Stir once or twice to distribute heat, then enjoy as-is or add toppings for extra texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: simmer over low-medium heat until hot, stirring occasionally\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: heat in a microwave-safe bowl, stirring halfway through\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptional add-ins: fresh herbs, shredded chicken, or a squeeze of lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairing ideas: salad, sandwich, or crusty bread for a full meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the nutrition support everyday meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach 16.1 oz can provides a meaningful protein contribution and a balance of carbs and vegetables, suited for a quick lunch or light dinner. The organic sourcing and ingredient transparency help when choosing pantry staples aligned with cleaner-label preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains 13 grams of protein per can\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced mix of noodles, broth, and vegetables for satiety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA Organic and non-GMO ingredients to fit cleaner-label diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient shelf-stable form for emergency or everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this soup be customized for different tastes or diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this soup is an excellent base for personalization. Add-ins like extra vegetables, whole grains, or spices make it heartier, while portioning and side choices help it fit various calorie or dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake it heartier: stir in cooked rice, quinoa, or extra shredded chicken\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoost greens: fold in spinach or kale just before serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust seasoning: fresh herbs, cracked pepper, or chili flakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower sodium tip: dilute with extra low-sodium broth if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Pacific Foods Organic Chicken Noodle Soup in a 12-pack is designed for busy households, meal planners, and anyone who values organic, convenient pantry staples. It suits caretakers seeking an easy reheatable option, office kitchens that need quick lunches, and shoppers who want a trusted brand with cleaner ingredients. If you prefer ready-to-heat meals with recognizable components and organic certification, this pack provides reliable, versatile servings for many occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINGREDIENTS: CHICKEN STOCK*, ONIONS*, CARROTS*, DICED CHICKEN (CHICKEN MEAT*, WATER, CORNSTARCH*, SEA SALT)*, EGG NOODLES (WHEAT FLOUR*, EGGS*, EGG WHITES*)*, CELERY*, PEAS*, CORNSTARCH*, SEA SALT, GARLIC*, SPICES*. *ORGANIC CONTAINS: EGG, WHEAT\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many cans are included and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This pack contains twelve 16.1-ounce cans of Pacific Foods Organic Chicken Noodle Soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the soup contain artificial flavors or MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—this soup has no artificial colors, artificial flavors, MSG, or high-fructose corn syrup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pacific Foods","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001414307923,"sku":"B0BF1PTBMC","price":146.38,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/pacific-foods-chicken-noodle-front-can.jpg?v=1787166472"},{"product_id":"pacific-foods-organic-vegetable-lentil-soup-case-of-12-16-3-oz-plant-based-14g-protein-high-fiber","title":"Pacific Foods Organic Vegetable Lentil Soup (Case of 12, 16.3 oz) — Plant-Based, 14g Protein \u0026 High Fiber","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacific Foods Organic Vegetable Lentil Soup is a ready-to-enjoy, plant-based canned soup featuring tender lentils, black beans, fire-roasted red peppers and vine-ripened tomatoes for a savory, protein-rich meal or snack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis case of twelve 16.3-ounce cans delivers shelf-stable convenience with USDA Certified Organic ingredients and a clean-label recipe. Each can offers 14 grams of protein and a good source of fiber, made without added MSG, high-fructose corn syrup, artificial colors or flavors. The soup is vegan, non-GMO, and packaged in recyclable cans so it’s easy to store, reheat and customize.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and ingredients make this lentil soup stand out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe balances earthy lentils and black beans with bright vine-ripened tomatoes and the smoky sweetness of fire-roasted red peppers. Aromatic herbs and vegetables provide depth without relying on artificial additives. The result is a hearty, savory profile that works as a standalone meal or as a base for creative additions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTender brown lentils and protein-packed black beans for texture and nutrition\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFire-roasted red peppers and vine-ripened tomatoes for smoky-sweet brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural seasonings and vegetables—no artificial colors or flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA Certified Organic and made with non-GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I heat and serve Pacific Foods Vegetable Lentil Soup quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeating is straightforward: pour into a saucepan or use a microwave-safe bowl. Stir while warming on the stovetop or let the microwave standing time help even the heat distribution. Serve as-is for a fast meal, or add toppings and sides to boost flavor and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: pour into saucepan, heat until hot, stir and serve\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: heat on high 3 minutes, let stand 1 minute, then stir\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuggested toppings: chopped herbs, a drizzle of olive oil, grated cheese or crunchy croutons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with a sandwich, salad, or warm bread for a fuller meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the nutrition profile fit into a plant-based pantry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 16.3-ounce can supplies 14 grams of protein and contributes dietary fiber, making it a filling option for vegetarian and vegan eaters. The soup provides a convenient source of plant protein without meat or dairy, supporting quick meal prep and pantry stocking. Check the nutrition label for sodium and full nutrient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e14 grams protein per can—helps create a satiating meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood source of fiber to support digestion and fullness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG, high-fructose corn syrup, artificial colors or flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA Certified Organic ingredients and non-GMO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize this soup for different meals or diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its balanced base makes it easy to adapt for richer, lighter, or more textured dishes. Add fresh vegetables, grains, or proteins to suit caloric needs and flavor preferences. It’s also compatible with meal prepping and doubles as a soup base for casseroles or grain bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoost protein: stir in cooked quinoa, shredded chicken, or tofu\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower sodium impact: dilute with low-sodium broth and add fresh herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChange texture: blend partially for a creamier soup or leave chunky\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeal prep: portion into containers for grab-and-go lunches or dinners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Pacific Foods Organic Vegetable Lentil Soup is aimed at busy households, plant-forward eaters, and anyone building a pantry of wholesome, convenient meals. It suits vegetarians and vegans seeking a protein-rich soup, parents who want quick, organic options for family meals, and meal-preppers who value recyclable packaging and clean ingredients. This case of 12 cans is especially useful for stocking up, office kitchens, or small food-service needs where dependable, flavorful vegetarian soup is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINGREDIENTS: WATER, GREEN LENTILS*, ONIONS*, DICED TOMATOES (TOMATOES*, TOMATO JUICE*, CITRIC ACID)*, ROASTED RED PEPPERS*, CELERY*, CORN*, TOMATO PUREE (WATER, TOMATO PASTE*)*, BLACK BEANS*, CORNSTARCH*, SEA SALT, GARLIC*, CANE SUGAR*, APPLE CIDER VINEGAR*, CUMIN*, CHILE PEPPER*, SALT, BLACK PEPPER*. *ORGANIC\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Pacific Foods Vegetable Lentil Soup vegan and organic?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It is USDA Certified Organic and labeled vegan, made with non-GMO ingredients and no artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I reheat a 16.3 oz can safely?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Pour into a saucepan and heat until hot, or microwave in a bowl on high for 3 minutes and let stand 1 minute before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pacific Foods","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001414340691,"sku":"B0BDZWJM3G","price":151.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/pacific-foods-vegetable-lentil-soup-front-can.jpg?v=1787166468"},{"product_id":"brite-start-bone-broth-concentrate-variety-pack-12-single-serve-packets-16g-collagen-20g-protein","title":"Brite Start Bone Broth Concentrate Variety Pack - 12 Single-Serve Packets, 16g Collagen \u0026 20g Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrite Start Bone Broth Variety Pack delivers 12 single-serve, shelf-stable concentrate packets packed with 16g collagen and 20g protein per serving for an easy, nutrient-forward hot beverage.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you want a quick warming snack, a protein-forward pre- or post-workout boost, or a flavorful base for cooking, these concentrated bone broths are made from slow-simmered free-range chicken and grass-fed beef bones. Each 12-count assortment includes rich chicken and beef varieties plus more adventurous flavors like truffle rosemary and mushroom blends, all formulated without dairy, gluten, fillers, artificial preservatives, antibiotics, or hormones. No refrigeration is needed—add 8 ounces of hot water, stir, and enjoy a concentrated broth that’s portable and diet-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these single-serve concentrates fit into a busy routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet is designed for convenience—lightweight, shelf-stable, and ready in under a minute when combined with hot water. They’re easy to carry for travel, office breaks, or outdoor activities, and eliminate the need to prepare broth from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets—12 per variety pack for grab-and-go use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required; store in pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady with 8 oz hot water and a quick stir\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packaging fits wallets, backpacks, and gym bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition does one serving provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach prepared serving delivers 20 grams of protein and 16 grams of collagen, providing a concentrated source of amino acids and gelatin from real bone broth. The profile is useful for anyone seeking a low-carb, low-calorie, protein-rich drink without powders or artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20 g protein per serving for satiety and recovery support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 g collagen to supply connective tissue amino acids\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo gluten, dairy, or artificial fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for Keto, Paleo, and Whole30-style eating patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the broths made and what ingredients are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrite Start simmers free-range chicken and grass-fed beef bones for 18 hours to extract flavor and nutrients, then concentrates and packages the liquid into single-serve sticks. Vegetables, herbs, and spices round out the flavor profiles without adding artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-hour slow simmer of ethically sourced bones\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables, herbs, and spices for depth of taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO, antibiotic- and hormone-free sourcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVariety pack includes chicken, ginger turmeric, miso, beef, truffle rosemary, and mushroom blends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these broths beyond sipping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe concentrated broths double as flavorful building blocks in recipes—use them as a base for soups, to deglaze pans, to boost sauces, or to add savory depth to grains and vegetables. Their concentrated format means a little goes a long way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into grains or risottos for richer flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a cooking liquid for steamed vegetables or proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to sauces or gravies to intensify umami notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into smoothies or coffee-style beverages for savory twists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Brite Start Bone Broth Variety Pack is aimed at people who want a high-protein, shelf-stable broth option—busy professionals, travelers, fitness enthusiasts, and anyone following Keto, Paleo, or Whole30-style diets. It’s also suited for home cooks who want a reliable concentrated broth to deepen recipes without messy prep. If you prefer ready-to-use, ethically sourced bone broth with bold flavors and minimal additives, this variety pack provides a portable, nutrient-dense option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Brite Start packets shelf stable or refrigerated?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Packets are shelf-stable and do not require refrigeration until opened; store in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I prepare a single serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Tear open a packet, add to 8 ounces of hot water, stir until dissolved, and enjoy immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brite Start","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001427775571,"sku":"B0BZK754MR","price":131.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brite-start-front-packaging_544e1996-5659-463c-95f7-4ed3eee5ffc6.jpg?v=1787166935"},{"product_id":"campbells-homestyle-chicken-noodle-soup-12-pack-16-1-oz-cans-ready-to-heat-no-antibiotics-chicken","title":"Campbell's Homestyle Chicken Noodle Soup 12-Pack 16.1 oz Cans — Ready-to-Heat, No-Antibiotics Chicken","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCampbell's Homestyle Chicken Noodle Soup is a ready-to-heat, pantry-friendly canned soup that combines tender chicken, vegetables, and enriched egg noodles for a homemade-style bowl of comfort.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12-can pack of 16.1-ounce Campbell's Homestyle Chicken Noodle Soup delivers a convenient, filling option for quick lunches, easy dinners, or emergency pantry stock. Each can is designed for fast preparation either on the stovetop or in the microwave, and includes an easy-open pop top and a recyclable can with a non-BPA lining. The recipe features bite-sized pieces of chicken raised without antibiotics, diced carrots and celery, and soft egg noodles to give a familiar, home-cooked taste without long prep time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I have a hot bowl ready?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat times are short so you can enjoy soup with minimal effort. For microwave preparation, pour soup into a covered microwave-safe bowl and warm for 2 to 2.5 minutes or until hot. You can also heat the soup in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring occasionally until steaming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: 2–2.5 minutes covered\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: heat and stir until hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serving 16.1 oz can per person\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePop-top lid eliminates need for a can opener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients give it that homemade feel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soup blends shredded chicken, diced carrots and celery, and enriched egg noodles in a savory broth that mimics classic homemade recipes. Chicken is sourced from birds raised without antibiotics, and the noodles are enriched for a tender, familiar texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTender chicken pieces — no antibiotics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiced carrots and celery for vegetable bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnriched egg noodles for soft, homey texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear, savory broth that complements toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are practical ways to serve or customize it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis soup is a versatile base for enhancements or quick pairings. Add oyster crackers, a splash of hot sauce, fresh herbs, or a grating of black pepper to personalize the flavor, or serve alongside a sandwich or salad for a heartier meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with crackers, herbs, or hot sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with sandwiches, salads, or crusty bread\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a quick base for added vegetables or rice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for portioned warm-ups and on-the-go meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pack fit into pantry storage and portioning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dozen-pack of 16.1-ounce cans keeps multiple single-serve portions on hand for weeks or months, making it convenient for meal planning and sudden cravings. The recyclable cans stack neatly, and each can delivers one filling serving for straightforward portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve 16.1 oz cans — individually sealed servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecyclable cans with non-BPA lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePop-top lids for easy access without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life for emergency or weekly use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Campbell's Homestyle Chicken Noodle Soup in a 12-count pack is ideal for busy households, students, or anyone who values a quick, familiar meal with minimal prep. It suits pantry stockers, caregivers seeking comforting meals, and cooks who want a ready-made base to adapt with fresh ingredients. If you want a dependable, single-serve canned soup with classic flavor and simple heating instructions, this pack offers reliable convenience and that homestyle taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Chicken Stock, Chicken Meat, Carrots, Enriched Egg Noodles (Wheat Flour, Eggs, Egg Whites, Wheat Protein Isolate, Niacin, Ferrous Sulfate, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Celery, Contains Less Than 2% Of: Water, Salt, Chicken Fat, Yeast Extract, Potato Starch, Dried Onions, Natural Flavoring, Dried Chicken Broth, Carrageenan, Sugar, Spice, Beta Carotene For Color, Dried Garlic. Contains: Egg, Wheat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in each 16.1 oz can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 16.1-ounce can is packaged as one serving for a single meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the chickens raised with antibiotics?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product lists tender chicken pieces sourced from birds raised without antibiotics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Campbell's Homestyle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001429577811,"sku":"B0C3WNCKHC","price":144.98,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/campbells-homestyle-front-can.jpg?v=1787167000"},{"product_id":"paradise-naturals-grass-fed-beef-bone-broth-powder-unsalted-15g-protein-probiotics","title":"Paradise Naturals Grass-Fed Beef Bone Broth Powder — Unsalted, 15g Protein \u0026 Probiotics","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParadise Naturals Beef Bone Broth Powder is a grass-fed, unsalted protein and collagen powder combined with active probiotics for daily gut-support and versatile cooking use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bone broth powder blends slow-simmered, grass-fed beef broth concentrated into a shelf-stable powder, delivering 15 grams of clean protein per serving along with naturally occurring collagen and live probiotic cultures. Designed without fillers, hormones, or artificial additives, the unsalted formulation mixes into hot and cold recipes so you can add protein, flavor, and microbiome support to beverages, soups, and baked goods while keeping sodium low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this bone broth powder support everyday nutrition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder supplies a substantial protein boost and collagen from real, slow-simmered bones, making it an easy way to increase daily protein and nourishing amino acids without dairy or soy. Active probiotics are included to complement digestive balance when taken as part of a regular diet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e15 g of protein per serving from beef bone broth concentrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNaturally occurring collagen and amino acids from slow simmering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdded live probiotic strains for microbiome support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-sodium and unsalted for flexible recipe use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this product different from other bone broth powders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eParadise Naturals pairs traditional bone-broth nutrition with active probiotics in a single powder — a unique blend that supports both macronutrient intake and daily digestive variety. The formula is grass-fed, non-GMO, and free of hormones, preservatives, and fillers for a clean ingredient profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFirst-to-market combination of bone broth powder plus live probiotics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrass-fed, pasture-raised sourcing and Non-GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, compatible with Paleo and Keto diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnsalted base to control sodium in recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this powder in my meals and routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mild, savory flavor and unsalted formula make it easy to add to beverages, hot soups, or cold shakes without overpowering other ingredients. It dissolves quickly in hot liquid and can be stirred into smoothies, coffee, broths, stews, and baked recipes to raise protein content and nutrition density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into hot water for an instant savory broth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into smoothies or coffee for extra protein and collagen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into soups, stews, and gravies as a nutrient-rich base\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in baking to boost protein in savory breads and muffins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve the powder for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the powder sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve protein and probiotic potency. For optimal mixing, dissolve into warm liquids first for full dispersion, then blend into cold recipes if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a sealed container in a cool, dry pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolve in warm water for fastest mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume according to serving suggestions for protein and probiotic benefits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep packaging closed to protect freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Paradise Naturals Beef Bone Broth Powder is aimed at people looking for a clean, high-protein pantry ingredient with collagen and probiotic support — ideal for Paleo and Keto followers, busy cooks who want quick protein boosts, and anyone avoiding gluten, soy, or added hormones. It’s a convenient option for those who prefer unsalted bases so they can control flavor and sodium in family meals and recipe creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrass-Fed Bone Broth Powder (Water, Bovine Bones), LactoSpore Probiotic Powder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth powder keto and paleo friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The unsalted formula is low-carb, gluten-free, and compatible with both Keto and Paleo eating plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product contain live probiotics?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The formula includes active probiotic cultures combined with bone broth powder for microbiome support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Paradise Naturals","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001432526931,"sku":"B0C84Z6PZK","price":140.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/paradise-naturals-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787167135"},{"product_id":"brodo-organic-bone-broth-variety-pack-6x-8-3-oz-single-serve-chicken-beef-slow-simmered-no-preservatives","title":"Brodo Organic Bone Broth Variety Pack — 6x 8.3 oz Single-Serve Chicken \u0026 Beef, Slow-Simmered, No Preservatives","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrodo Organic Chicken \u0026amp; Beef Bone Broth is a chef-crafted, single-serving variety pack of slow-simmered, preservative-free broths made from real bones and vegetables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned by James Beard–recognized chef Marco Canora, this six-pouch assortment delivers ready-to-drink, nutrient-rich bone broths in convenient 8.3 oz servings. Each pouch is crafted from pasture-raised animal bones, aromatics, and vegetables, simmered for extended hours to concentrate flavor and soluble nutrients. The pack contains diverse flavor profiles—Chicken, Hearth, Spicy Nonna, Deeply Rooted, Tuscan Sun, and Tom Yu—so you can sip a simple savory cup or use the broths as a base for recipes, all without artificial preservatives or concentrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Brodo’s bone broth different from store-bought stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrodo focuses on small-batch, chef-driven technique rather than shortcuts: real bones, slow simmering, and minimal processing. The result is a deeply flavored liquid intended for sipping or culinary use, not a dilute commercial stock. Ingredients are organic where possible and handled to preserve natural taste and aroma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered from meaty, collagen-rich bones and aromatics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo concentrates, no preservatives, no fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serving, mug-ready 8.3 oz pouches for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix distinct flavor profiles in one variety pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use a Brodo pouch during a busy day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pouch equals roughly one cup, ready to heat and drink straight from the pouch or poured into a mug. It’s convenient for on-the-go sipping, quick recipe boosts, or a warm, savory alternative to coffee between meals. Heating is fast: warm in a pot, microwave-safe container, or immerse the sealed pouch in hot water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMug-ready: heat and sip as a savory beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecipe-ready: use as a base for soups, grains, or sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable: single-serving pouches fit a lunch bag or travel kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick prep: warm in minutes on the stovetop or microwave\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included and how do they differ?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Variety Pack offers six curated broths to cover bright, rich, spicy, and herb-forward tastes. Chicken is light and aromatic; Hearth is a classic beef-forward recipe modeled after Canora’s restaurant broth; Spicy Nonna adds red-pepper heat; Deeply Rooted highlights roasted vegetable and earthy notes; Tuscan Sun brings herbaceous Mediterranean flavors; Tom Yu leans Asian-inspired with citrus and spice. Each pouch provides a distinct profile for sipping or cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken: clean, savory, aromatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHearth: beef-forward, deep and rich\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpicy Nonna: bold heat and tomato notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeeply Rooted, Tuscan Sun, Tom Yu: roasted, herbaceous, and citrus-spiced profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these broths suitable for special diets like keto or prenatal nutrition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrodo pouches are low-carb and free from added sugars and preservatives, which makes them compatible with keto-style meal plans. They’re convenient for prenatal routines as an easy, savory source of calories and hydration, but always follow advice from a healthcare provider regarding specific dietary needs. Ingredients are straightforward and the packaging lists full contents for allergy checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-carb, no added sugars—fits many keto meal plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo preservatives or artificial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serving makes portion control simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFull ingredient list on packaging for allergies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Brodo Organic Chicken \u0026amp; Beef Bone Broth Variety Pack is aimed at people who want a chef-made, convenient savory beverage or cooking base: busy professionals seeking a warm, low-prep snack; home cooks who want a high-quality stock alternative; anyone following low-carb eating patterns; and those who prefer small-batch, preservative-free pantry staples. If you value bold, layered broth flavors and single-serving convenience, this pack gives variety without committing to a full container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein -- Organic Chicken Bones, Organic Chicken Feet \u0026amp; Drumsticks, Organic Turkey Necks, Beef Bones Derived From 100% Grass Fed Cattle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I heat a Brodo pouch safely?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Warm sealed pouch in hot water for a few minutes, pour into a microwave-safe container, or heat in a small pot. Avoid microwaving the sealed pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Brodo broths shelf-stable and do they contain preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the single-serving pouches are shelf-stable and made without added preservatives or concentrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brodo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001443471443,"sku":"B0CL3GKJ63","price":120.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brodo-front-packaging-variety-pack.jpg?v=1787167416"},{"product_id":"brodo-organic-chicken-bone-broth-6x-8-3-oz-single-serve-pouches-preservative-free-chef-crafted-savory-flavor","title":"Brodo Organic Chicken Bone Broth — 6x 8.3 oz single-serve pouches, preservative-free, chef-crafted savory flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrodo Organic Chicken Bone Broth is a chef-crafted, single-serve, preservative-free bone broth made from slow-simmered pasture-raised bones and aromatics for a rich, savory cup anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned by James Beard Award–winning chef Marco Canora, Brodo’s chicken bone broth arrives in convenient 8.3 oz pouches that slip into a bag, lunchbox, or pantry shelf. Each pouch delivers a ready-to-heat cup of broth made with whole ingredients—no concentrates or artificial preservatives—so you get an authentic simmered flavor that works as a warm snack, recipe base, or quick hydration in low-carb and keto routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Brodo’s chicken bone broth different from other broths?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrodo focuses on traditional, from-scratch technique: real bones slowly simmered with vegetables and seasonings to extract flavor and gelatin. The cooking process and ingredient selection create a fuller mouthfeel and savory depth you won’t find in instant powders or concentrate-based products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered bones from pasture-raised animals for robust flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChef-developed recipe for balanced aromatics and seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in single-serving pouches for freshness and portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo concentrates, no artificial preservatives or fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a pouch of Brodo chicken bone broth in daily life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 8.3 oz pouch is essentially one cup of broth ready to heat and drink, or to use as a flavorful liquid in cooking. It works straight from the pouch into a mug, added to a recipe as stock, or warmed as an easy snack between meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat in the pouch, pour into a mug for a ready-to-drink savory beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for soups, risottos, or grain cooking for added depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into sauces or pan deglazes to enrich flavor without extra fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarry in a bag for on-the-go warmth, low-carb lunches, or quick hydration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Brodo chicken bone broth suitable for keto and dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrodo’s chicken broth is compatible with keto and low-carb eating because it’s a liquid, protein-forward option without added sugars or starches. Ingredients are simple and focused on real food; always check the pouch label for specific dietary icons and allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-cup servings support portion control for low-carb plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugars or preservatives—suitable for many keto routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from real ingredients; verify label if you follow strict allergy rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a warm, savory alternative to caffeinated drinks or brothy snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and prepare the Brodo pouches for best flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePouches are shelf-stable until opened; refrigerate after opening and use within the timeframe printed on the label. For service, warm the sealed pouch in hot water or pour into a saucepan or microwave-safe mug and heat to desired temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened pouches at room temperature; refrigerate after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm sealed pouch in hot water for a few minutes for minimal cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour into a pot or mug to gently heat and adjust seasoning if desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake gently before opening to mix settled flavors if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Brodo Organic Chicken Bone Broth suits people who want a chef-crafted, convenient savory cup made from real ingredients—busy professionals, home cooks seeking an elevated stock, those following low-carb or keto-style plans, and anyone wanting a portable, warming beverage without artificial preservatives. If you appreciate full-flavored broth made with slow-simmered bones and aromatic vegetables and value single-serve convenience, this Brodo six-pack offers variety and chef-led authenticity in every pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein -- Organic Chicken Bones\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Brodo chicken bone broth pouches shelf-stable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, unopened pouches are shelf-stable; refrigerate after opening and use within the timeframe on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I heat Brodo pouches in the microwave?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You can pour into a microwave-safe mug to heat; warm sealed pouches in hot water for minimal cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brodo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001443700819,"sku":"B0CL3FW8CM","price":120.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brodo-chicken-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787167417"},{"product_id":"brodo-roasted-garlic-chili-organic-chicken-bone-broth-6-x-8-3-oz-pouches-mug-ready-chef-crafted","title":"Brodo Roasted Garlic \u0026 Chili Organic Chicken Bone Broth - 6 x 8.3 oz pouches, Mug‑Ready, Chef‑Crafted","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrodo Roasted Garlic \u0026amp; Chili Chicken Organic Bone Broth is a chef-crafted, single-serving savory broth with roasted garlic and chili for a warming, umami-forward cup anytime.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted by James Beard–winning chef Marco Canora, this organic chicken bone broth blends slow-simmered bones with roasted garlic, chili, and aromatics to deliver a bold, savory profile in a convenient pouch. Each 8.3-ounce serving is designed to be mug-ready or versatile in recipes, offering concentrated flavor without artificial preservatives or concentrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Brodo’s roasted garlic \u0026amp; chili chicken broth different from other broths?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis broth focuses on a robust roasted-garlic backbone with a touch of chili heat, built from slow-simmered organic chicken bones and vegetables. The production emphasizes traditional technique—long, low simmering—to draw out deep flavor without added concentrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChef-developed recipe by Marco Canora for layered savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganic chicken bones and whole aromatics, roasted before simmering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serving, shelf-stable pouches for immediate use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial preservatives, no isolates or powdered shortcuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this single-serve pouch throughout my day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pouch is ready to be poured into a mug or heated and used as a base for quick meals. It’s handy as a stand-alone hot cup, a broth base for simple soups, or a flavor booster in grain bowls and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMug-ready: warm and drink straight for a savory pick-me-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecipe base: add vegetables, noodles, or cooked proteins for a fast soup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooking enhancer: use to braise vegetables, enrich risotto, or deglaze pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable: single-serving size fits travel mugs and lunch containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the practical details: serving size, storage, and prep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pouch contains 8.3 ounces—close to one cup—making portions simple to measure and include in meal plans. Store unopened pouches in a cool, dry place; after opening, refrigerate any unused portion and use within a short window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack size: 6 pouches, each 8.3 oz (about 1 cup)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: shelf-stable until opened; refrigerate leftover portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrep: warm in a saucepan, microwave-safe container, or pour into a pre-warmed mug\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel notes: organic ingredients and chef-crafted process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this broth fit into different eating patterns or recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Roasted Garlic \u0026amp; Chili Chicken broth is flexible for many diets and culinary uses, acting as a savory, low-effort way to add depth of flavor without heavy fats. Because it’s a concentrated liquid, a little goes a long way when enriching dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks in low-effort soups, stews, and grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for those wanting a lighter savory option in place of cream or stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with noodles, rice, roasted vegetables, and lean proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy portion control with single-serving packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Brodo’s Roasted Garlic \u0026amp; Chili Chicken Organic Bone Broth suits busy home cooks, travelers, and flavor-focused eaters who want a chef-crafted, ready-to-heat savory cup. It’s ideal for anyone seeking a convenient, organic broth option to sip warm, boost recipes, or add concentrated savory notes without lengthy prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein -- Organic Chicken Bones\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I heat a Brodo pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Pour into a saucepan to warm gently, microwave in a microwave-safe container, or pour straight into a pre-warmed mug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this broth organic and shelf-stable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—ingredients are organic and pouches are shelf-stable until opened; refrigerate leftovers and use soon after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brodo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001443733587,"sku":"B0CL3G1DW4","price":120.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brodo-roasted-garlic-chili-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787167415"},{"product_id":"knorr-professional-chicken-bouillon-25-lb-pail-caldo-de-pollo-granules-high-yield","title":"Knorr Professional Chicken Bouillon 25 lb Pail — Caldo de Pollo Granules, High-Yield","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnorr Professional Caldo de Pollo is a 25 lb granulated chicken bouillon pail that dissolves quickly to produce savory broth, seasonings, marinades, or a foundation for large-scale cooking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for busy commercial kitchens, this long-standing Latin pantry essential blends chicken, onion, parsley and spices to recreate familiar caldo de pollo flavor without the space or prep time of fresh stock. Shelf-stable and free of trans-fat, the granulated formula stretches to make hundreds of gallons of stock so you get consistent taste and measurable cost efficiencies compared with making broth from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this bouillon in everyday kitchen prep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaldo de Pollo is designed for multiple professional uses: dissolve it in hot water for a quick broth, mix into sauces and marinades for added depth, or sprinkle as a dry seasoning to finish dishes. The granules integrate smoothly and maintain a balanced chicken profile that complements Latin and international recipes alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolve 1 tablespoon per cup of hot water for instant broth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to stews, beans or rice during simmering for consistent flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into marinades or pan sauces to enhance umami and aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a finishing seasoning for tacos, grilled proteins or vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat efficiency and yield can I expect from a 25 lb pail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 25 lb pail yields up to 236 gallons of prepared stock, minimizing cost-per-gallon and reducing storage demands compared to many liquid bases. Its concentrated granulated form also means less packaging waste and predictable portioning for recipe costing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh yield—hundreds of gallons of broth per unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGranulated concentrate reduces waste and simplifies portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable pail frees walk-in cooler space for perishables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent taste from batch to batch for menu reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this product suit authentic Latin recipes and flavor profiles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnorr Professional Caldo de Pollo was formulated with traditional Latin flavors in mind, using real vegetables and familiar spices to approximate classic caldo de pollo notes. It provides a reliable, balanced chicken flavor that supports traditional dishes while letting chefs customize seasoning to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced chicken, onion and parsley notes for authentic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as the base for soups, stews and Latino comfort foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to adjust—add fresh herbs, chiles or citrus for regional variations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo trans-fat, aligning with modern kitchen nutrition preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Knorr Professional Caldo de Pollo in a 25 lb pail is aimed at restaurants, caterers, institutional kitchens, and foodservice operators who need a dependable, high-yield chicken base that saves prep time and storage space. If you run high-volume lines, serve Latin or fusion menus, or need consistent stock without daily bone broths, this granulated bouillon gives you a versatile foundation to scale recipes, control costs, and maintain familiar flavors guests expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Monosodium Glutamate, Corn Starch, Potassium Chloride, Powdered Cooked Chicken, Sugar, Natural Flavor, Chicken Fat, Palm Oil, Disodium Inosinate, Disodium Guanylate, Caramel Color (contains Sulfites), Maltodextrin, Dehydrated Parsley, Citric Acid, Turmeric (color), Paprika Oleoresin (color).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much broth does one 25 lb pail make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A single 25 lb pail yields about 236 gallons of prepared stock when mixed according to directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product shelf-stable and easy to store?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Knorr Caldo de Pollo is shelf-stable in its sealed pail and designed to free walk-in cooler space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Knorr","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001445142611,"sku":"B0CP4B88RY","price":209.96,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/knorr-calvo-de-pollo-front-pail.jpg?v=1787167492"},{"product_id":"kettle-fire-reduced-sodium-organic-beef-bone-broth-pack-of-6-17g-protein-natural-collagen","title":"Kettle \u0026 Fire Reduced Sodium Organic Beef Bone Broth Pack of 6 — 17g Protein, Natural Collagen","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire Reduced Sodium Beef Organic Bone Broth is a slow-simmered, lower-salt beef broth in a 6-carton pack that delivers 17g of protein and organic-sourced collagen for cooking or sipping.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis reduced-sodium beef bone broth from Kettle \u0026amp; Fire is crafted by simmering grass-fed beef bones with organic vegetables for more than ten hours to concentrate protein, collagen precursors, and flavor. Packaged in six shelf-stable cartons, it’s designed for people who want a cleaner, lower-sodium pantry stock that fits keto, paleo, and Whole30-style meal plans. With no added sugar, hormones, antibiotics, GMOs, or artificial additives, this broth can be used straight from the carton or as a flavorful base for soups, sauces, and recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this broth made and what makes it organic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire slow-simmers grass-fed beef bones with certified organic vegetables for an extended period to extract amino acids and natural flavor without artificial enhancers. The organic label refers to the vegetables and ingredients meeting USDA organic standards, while the production avoids synthetic additives and unnecessary processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrass-fed beef bones simmered 10+ hours to concentrate nutrients and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified organic vegetables and ingredient choices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugars, hormones, antibiotics, GMOs, or artificial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured and packaged in the USA for consistent quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the nutrition highlights and who is this suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving supplies approximately 17 grams of protein and is a natural source of collagen precursors, with reduced sodium compared to standard broths. It is formulated to fit low-carb, ketogenic, paleo, gluten-free, dairy-free, and Whole30-aligned diets when used as part of those eating plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 17g protein per serving for meal support or cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduced sodium option to help control daily salt intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with keto, paleo, Whole30, gluten-free, and dairy-free lifestyles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-drink or use as a stock substitute in recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this reduced-sodium beef bone broth in cooking and daily routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth works both as a convenient sipping option and a versatile culinary base. Use it straight from the carton warmed, pour it into sauces, replace water in grains and stews, or add to braises to boost savory depth without adding artificial flavoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm and drink on its own as a savory beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute for stock in soups, risottos, and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for deglazing pans or adding richness to vegetables and grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened cartons at room temperature; refrigerate after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the reduced-sodium version over regular broth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced-sodium option gives you greater control over total daily salt while retaining concentrated beef flavor and protein content. It’s useful for cooks and eaters who want the benefits of bone broth’s texture and taste but prefer to manage seasoning themselves or follow lower-sodium meal plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower sodium than full-salt broths, for flexible seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame long-simmered production to preserve collagen and proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBetter suited to salt-restricted recipes and mindful eating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient 6-pack cartons for pantry stocking or meal prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Kettle \u0026amp; Fire Reduced Sodium Beef Organic Bone Broth is intended for home cooks, meal-preppers, and anyone following low-carb, keto, paleo, or Whole30-style diets who want a high-protein, organic-flavored broth with less salt. It’s also a practical choice for chefs and households seeking a clean, reliable stock for soups, sauces, and everyday cooking without artificial ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKettle and Fire Reduce Sodium Beef Organic Bone Broth, Keto, Paleo, Whole 30 Approved, Gluten Free, 17g of Protein, Natural Source of Collagen, Pack of 6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth keto and Whole30 friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The reduced-sodium beef bone broth contains no added sugars and fits keto, paleo, and Whole30-style diets when used as part of those meal plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store and use opened cartons?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Refrigerate after opening and use within a few days; you can warm and sip it or use it as a stock replacement in recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kettle \u0026 Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001451237459,"sku":"B0CRVVW7XS","price":131.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kettle-and-fire-front-packaging_9aa6dce3-e136-4353-b333-a9aacffccae0.jpg?v=1787167583"},{"product_id":"kettle-fire-reduced-sodium-organic-chicken-bone-broth-6-pack-17g-protein-natural-collagen","title":"Kettle \u0026 Fire Reduced Sodium Organic Chicken Bone Broth, 6-Pack — 17g Protein, Natural Collagen","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire Reduced Sodium Chicken Organic Bone Broth is a low-sodium, organic bone broth that delivers 17g of protein and a natural source of collagen in a convenient six-pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis reduced-sodium chicken bone broth is crafted from organic chicken bones and vegetables, slow-simmered to extract protein and collagen while keeping sodium lower than traditional broths. It's formulated to support low-carb and elimination diets like keto, paleo, and Whole30, and comes ready to heat, cook with, or sip straight from the pack. The product is gluten-free and designed for people who want the nutrition of bone broth with less salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this reduced-sodium broth fit into low-sodium or heart-conscious meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe lowers sodium without sacrificing savory depth, so you can use it as a base for soups, stews, and sauces while keeping overall salt intake in check. It’s a practical swap for regular broth when you want more control over seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains less sodium than standard bone broths for easier daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRich chicken flavor supports savory recipes without extra salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use cartons speed meal prep and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits does it provide for keto, paleo, and protein-focused diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving delivers 17 grams of protein and naturally occurring collagen from slow-simmered bones. Those nutrients help boost daily protein intake while fitting carbohydrate- and grain-free eating patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e17g protein per serving to support satiety and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural source of collagen from organic chicken bones\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for keto, paleo, and Whole30-style meal plans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this bone broth in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe broth is versatile: use it as a sipping broth, a soup base, or to add depth to grains, vegetables, and sauces. Its reduced salt level lets you fine-tune seasoning for different recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat and enjoy as a warm beverage or morning pick-me-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as base for ramen, chicken soup, or risottos\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute for water when cooking grains and legumes for extra flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this product sourced and packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKettle \u0026amp; Fire slow-simmers organic chicken bones with vegetables to extract flavor and nutrients, then cartons are filled and sealed for freshness. The six-pack format is designed for convenient storage and regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from organic chicken bones and organic vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of six shelf-stable cartons for extended pantry life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and free from common grains, compatible with Whole30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This reduced-sodium organic chicken bone broth suits anyone seeking a convenient, high-protein, lower-salt pantry staple—especially people following keto, paleo, gluten-free, or Whole30 eating plans, and cooks who want a nourishing broth that’s easy to store and use. It’s also a good option for households that prefer organic ingredients and want to control seasoning in prepared foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKettle and Fire Reduce Sodium Chicken Organic Bone Broth, Keto, Paleo, Whole 30 Approved, Gluten Free, 17g of Protein, Natural Source of Collagen, Pack of 6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth truly low in sodium?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: It has reduced sodium compared with standard broths, but check the nutrition facts for exact milligrams per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this broth on Whole30 or keto plans?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—it's compatible with keto, paleo, and Whole30, and is gluten-free and grain-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kettle \u0026 Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001451401299,"sku":"B0CRWM46G8","price":131.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kettle-and-fire-front-packaging_2d69a27d-5e73-44e2-b906-545a1dc65e8d.jpg?v=1787167583"},{"product_id":"kroma-beef-bone-broth-powder-7-oz-jar-10-servings-15g-protein-gluten-dairy-free","title":"KROMA Beef Bone Broth Powder 7 oz Jar — 10 Servings, 15g Protein, Gluten \u0026 Dairy Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKROMA 24K Beef Bone Broth Powder is an instant, nutrient-dense beef bone broth in a 7 oz jar—about ten 22 g servings—made for quick savory drinks, cooking, and daily nutrition.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis lightweight jar contains a slow-simmered, carefully dried beef bone broth powder formulated to deliver concentrated protein and savory beef flavor without artificial preservatives. Designed for busy schedules, the powder reconstitutes quickly with hot water and mixes smoothly into recipes, soups, or a simple cup. The formula is gluten- and dairy-free, non-GMO, and built from collagen-rich beef extracts plus supportive ingredients like turmeric and herbs for a rounded taste profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does each serving provide for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 22 g serving supplies roughly 15 g of clean protein and the flavor profile of a slow-cooked beef broth, providing a quick protein boost or a savory base for cooking. Because the powder is concentrated, a little goes a long way when added to hot water or recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 15 g protein per serving, suitable for snacks or meal additions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcentrated broth flavor for sipping or culinary use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo gluten, no dairy, non-GMO, and preservative-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy single-jar portability for travel and pantry storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I prepare KROMA bone broth powder for best taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward: dissolve the measured powder in hot water and stir until smooth. It can be adjusted to taste—use less powder for a lighter broth or more for a richer, fuller cup—and blends well into soups, stews, sauces, or grain dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix one 22 g scoop with 8–12 fl oz hot water for a sip-ready broth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to cooking liquid for enhanced flavor in soups and risottos\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into sauces, marinades, or mashed vegetables for savory depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake or whisk briefly to eliminate clumps before serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and quality controls are used in this jar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product contains concentrated beef bone broth components, collagen, turmeric, and a blend of herbs to create a savory, rounded flavor. The powder is made without gluten or dairy, is non-GMO, and contains no artificial preservatives—formed by slow-simmering and careful drying to retain the broth’s natural taste and soluble nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-simmered beef extracts converted to an easy-to-use powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCollagen and turmeric included for flavor and texture balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, dairy-free, preservative-free, and non-GMO\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in a resealable jar for freshness and travel convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this powder across meals and routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder is versatile: enjoy as a hot beverage, use as a base for soups, or fold into recipes for savory depth. Its compact jar makes it handy for office cups, camping, or quick meal fixes at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSip as a warm savory beverage between meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a stock substitute in soups, stews, and braises\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into grains, sauces, or mashed foods for richer flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake along when traveling or store in the pantry for daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: KROMA 24K Beef Bone Broth Powder suits anyone seeking a convenient, high-protein savory option—from busy professionals and home cooks to travelers and people who want a compact pantry staple. It’s for those looking to add a rich beef broth flavor and concentrated protein to meals or beverages without refrigeration or long preparation. If you want an easy-to-store, preservative-free broth powder that mixes quickly and enhances both drinks and dishes, this 7 oz jar fits into everyday routines and on-the-go lifestyles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeef Broth Blend (Grass-Fed Beef Broth, Tapioca Starch*, Collagen, Sea Salt, Apple Cider Vinegar), Deactivated Nutritional Yeast Flakes, Red Miso (Soybeans*, Rice*, Salt), Mirepoix (Onion, Carrot, Celery, Salt, Garlic, Pepper), Tapioca Starch*, Pink Himalayan Salt, Garlic, Turmeric*, Arctic Sea Algae* (Aquamin®), Onion, Sprouted Brown Rice Protein*, Chives, Pumpkin*, Kale*, Spinach*, Sweet Potato, Carrot*, Broccoli*, Tasmanian Kelp*, Parsley Flakes, Black Pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in a 7 oz jar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 7 oz jar contains about ten 22 g servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth powder gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—KROMA 24K Beef Bone Broth Powder is gluten-free and dairy-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"KROMA.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001478074451,"sku":"B0CV7TQT95","price":139.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kroma-24k-beef-bone-broth-jar-front.jpg?v=1787167653"},{"product_id":"kroma-chicken-bone-broth-powder-10-serving-jar-instant-high-protein-collagen-supporting-broth-with-turmeric-ginger","title":"KROMA chicken bone broth powder 10-serving jar — instant high-protein collagen-supporting broth with turmeric \u0026 ginger","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKroma 24K Chicken Bone Broth Powder is an instant, high-protein sipping broth made from organic cage-free chicken bones, delivering a convenient source of collagen-supporting nutrients and savory flavor in every cup.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for quick preparation and daily use, this powdered bone broth mixes with hot water to create a rich chicken broth that fits busy mornings, desk lunches, or post-workout recovery rituals. The formula combines organic chicken bones with turmeric and ginger for a warming, clean-tasting broth free from dairy, gluten, and artificial flavors. Packaged as a 10-serving jar, it’s intended to be a pantry-ready option for anyone seeking a protein-forward, easy-to-make savory drink or soup base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Kroma 24K Chicken Bone Broth Powder quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is designed to be fast and fuss-free so you can have a savory cup in minutes. Measure, mix with hot water, and stir — no simmering required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse 2.5 tablespoons of powder per 8–10 oz hot water for one serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhisk or shake in a sealed container for a smooth consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust water volume for a stronger or lighter broth to taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd vegetables, cooked proteins, or herbs to convert into a fuller meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits does this chicken bone broth powder offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product emphasizes protein and collagen-supporting ingredients rather than miracle claims. Each serving provides a significant protein boost and contains components commonly associated with gut and skin health support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 12 g protein per serving to support daily protein goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains collagen-building amino acids derived from chicken bones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes turmeric and ginger for a layered, warming flavor profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade without gluten, dairy, GMOs, or artificial flavors for clean-label appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the powder beyond sipping — like in recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the powder adapts well as a base for soups, sauces, and grain dishes. It’s a convenient way to add savory depth and protein to recipes without long simmer times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into rice, quinoa, or mashed vegetables instead of water or stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a quick soup base and add shredded chicken, greens, or noodles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into smoothies or savory protein drinks for extra savory notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason to taste with salt, pepper, or fresh herbs for recipe flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Kroma 24K Chicken Bone Broth Powder is suited to busy professionals, home cooks, and active people looking for a pantry-friendly protein boost with clean ingredients. It appeals to anyone wanting a simple, savory beverage or base with no dairy or gluten, plus those who like to customize their meals quickly—whether as a sipping broth between meals, an easy recovery drink, or a flavor-packed cooking ingredient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChicken Bone Broth Blend* (Chicken Bones*, Onion*, Apple Cider Vinegar*), Bovine Collagen, Deactivated Nutritional Yeast Flakes, Roasted Chicken, Red Miso (Soybeans*, Rice*, Salt), Mirepoix (Onion, Carrot, Celery, Salt, Garlic, Pepper), Tapioca Starch*, Pink Himalayan Salt, Turmeric*, Arctic Sea Algae* (Aquamin®), Garlic, Sprouted Brown Rice Protein*, Pumpkin*, Kale*, Spinach*, Sweet Potato, Carrot*, Broccoli*, Onion, Tasmanian Kelp*, Parsley Flakes, Chive Flakes, Black Pepper, Rosemary Extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one jar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The jar contains 10 servings, using 2.5 tablespoons of powder per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this bone broth powder gluten- and dairy-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Kroma 24K Chicken Bone Broth Powder is made without gluten, dairy, or artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"KROMA.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001489313875,"sku":"B0CVS8G1HF","price":139.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kroma-24k-chicken-bone-broth-front-jar.jpg?v=1787167673"},{"product_id":"campbells-condensed-chicken-noodle-soup-25-less-sodium-case-of-24-10-75-oz-cans-no-antibiotics-non-bpa-lined","title":"Campbell's Condensed Chicken Noodle Soup — 25% Less Sodium, Case of 24 (10.75 oz cans) — No Antibiotics, Non-BPA Lined","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCampbell’s Condensed 25% Less Sodium Chicken Noodle Soup delivers the familiar chicken-and-noodle comfort with 25% less sodium than Campbell’s regular Chicken Noodle Soup.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis case contains twenty-four 10.75 oz recyclable cans of Campbell’s condensed chicken noodle soup, each made with golden seasoned broth, tender chicken meat (no antibiotics), and classic egg noodles. Designed as a pantry staple, the condensed format lets you control consistency and seasoning while saving shelf space. The cans feature a non-BPA lining and are easy to store for quick meals, whether you reheat on the stove or in the microwave.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the reduced-sodium version compare to regular Campbell’s Chicken Noodle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 25% less sodium formulation offers a notable decrease in sodium per serving while keeping the same core flavors—broth, egg noodles, and chicken. It still provides a warm, familiar taste but with lower sodium than Campbell’s standard recipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains 630 mg sodium per serving versus 890 mg in the regular soup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame condensed base for flexible preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTender chicken meat included; no antibiotics used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare the condensed soup quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing condensed Campbell’s Chicken Noodle is fast and simple: mix one can of soup with one can of water for stovetop or microwave heating. For microwave, use a covered microwave-safe bowl and heat on high for 2.5–3 minutes, stirring once; on the stove, warm gently while stirring occasionally until hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix one 10.75 oz can with the equivalent water from the empty can\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: covered bowl, 2.5–3 minutes on high, stir before serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: heat over medium-low, stir occasionally until piping hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the packaging and portion details I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is a bulk case suitable for families, offices, or long-term pantry storage. Each 10.75 oz can yields about 2.5 servings of prepared soup, and the cans are recyclable and lined with a non-BPA coating for safer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase provides twenty-four 10.75 oz cans (four-can packs × six cases as packaged)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach can = ~2.5 servings of prepared soup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecyclable cans with a non-BPA internal lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I customize the soup for different tastes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampbell’s condensed soup is a flexible base: add fresh herbs, vegetables, or a squeeze of lemon for brightness, or pair it with toast and fruit for a balanced meal. It also accepts proteins and grains if you want to boost heartiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with chopped parsley, dill, or cracked black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd shredded rotisserie chicken, cooked rice, or extra veggies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe with apple slices, crackers, or a sandwich for a fuller meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This bulk case is ideal for households that enjoy classic comfort soup with lower sodium, meal-prepping cooks, small foodservice operations, and anyone who wants convenient, shelf-stable pantry options. If you prefer a recognizable chicken noodle flavor but are watching sodium intake, this Campbell’s condensed option offers a ready-to-serve solution that’s easy to customize and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients: Chicken Stock, Enriched Egg Noodles (Wheat Flour, Eggs, Niacin, Ferrous Sulfate, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Chicken Meat, Contains Less Than 2% Of: Salt, Chicken Fat, Water, Monosodium Glutamate, Cornstarch, Natural Flavoring, Modified Cornstarch, Dried Chicken Broth, Sugar, Beta Carotene For Color, Onion Powder, Yeast Extract, Soy Protein Isolate, Sodium Phosphate, Dried Chicken, Garlic Extract. Contains: Egg, Wheat, Soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much sodium is in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each serving contains 630 mg of sodium, compared with 890 mg in Campbell’s regular Chicken Noodle Soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in each 10.75 oz can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 10.75 oz can makes about 2.5 servings of prepared soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Campbell's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001517068371,"sku":"B0CX6WFVRB","price":148.32,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/campbells-front-packaging-24-cans.jpg?v=1787167724"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/soups-stocks-and-broths.oembed","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}